First commit after CVS conversion. Should be just administrative changes.

include/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/Makefile
+/Makefile.in

include/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#   $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4 2008/03/20 19:02:37 karl Exp $
+#   
+#   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+if ENABLE_CXX_BINDINGS
+cxxdirs = cdio++
+endif
+
+SUBDIRS	= cdio $(cxxdirs)

include/cdio++/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile

include/cdio++/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/Makefile
+/Makefile.in

include/cdio++/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#   $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.5 2008/03/20 19:02:38 karl Exp $
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+########################################################
+# Things to make the install (public) libcdio++ headers
+########################################################
+#
+
+libcdioincludedir=$(includedir)/cdio++
+libcdioinclude_HEADERS = \
+	cdio.hpp \
+	cdtext.hpp \
+	device.hpp \
+	devices.hpp \
+	disc.hpp \
+	enum.hpp \
+	iso9660.hpp \
+	mmc.hpp \
+	read.hpp \
+	track.hpp

include/cdio++/cdio.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+    $Id: cdio.hpp,v 1.13 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file cdio.hpp
+ *
+ *  \brief C++ class for libcdio: the CD Input and Control
+ *  library. Applications use this for anything regarding libcdio.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_HPP__
+#define __CDIO_HPP__
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+#include <cdio/audio.h>
+#include <cdio/dvd.h>
+#include <cdio/mmc.h>
+
+// Make pre- and post-increment operators for enums in libcdio where it 
+// makes sense.
+#include <cdio++/enum.hpp>
+
+/** Class for driver exceptions. **/
+class DriverOpException 
+{
+public:
+  driver_return_code_t driver_return_code;
+  DriverOpException( void ) { };
+  DriverOpException( driver_return_code_t drc ) { 
+    driver_return_code = drc; 
+  };
+  driver_return_code_t get_code(void) { 
+    return driver_return_code; 
+  };
+  const char *get_msg(void) { 
+    return cdio_driver_errmsg(driver_return_code); 
+  };
+};
+
+class DriverOpError: public DriverOpException
+{
+public:
+  DriverOpError(void) { driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_ERROR; }
+};
+
+class DriverOpUnsupported: public DriverOpException 
+{ 
+public:
+  DriverOpUnsupported(void) { driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_UNSUPPORTED; }
+};
+
+class DriverOpUninit: public DriverOpException
+{
+public:
+  DriverOpUninit(void) { driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_UNINIT; }
+};
+
+class DriverOpNotPermitted: public DriverOpException
+{
+public:
+  DriverOpNotPermitted(void) {driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_NOT_PERMITTED;}
+};
+
+class DriverOpBadParameter: public DriverOpException
+{
+public:
+  DriverOpBadParameter(void) {driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_BAD_PARAMETER;}
+};
+
+class DriverOpBadPointer: public DriverOpException
+{
+public:
+  DriverOpBadPointer(void) {driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_BAD_POINTER;}
+};
+
+class DriverOpNoDriver: public DriverOpException
+{
+public:
+  DriverOpNoDriver(void) {driver_return_code = DRIVER_OP_NO_DRIVER;}
+};
+
+void possible_throw_device_exception(driver_return_code_t drc);
+
+/** A class relating to CD-Text. Use invalid track number 0 to specify
+    CD-Text for the CD (as opposed to a specific track).
+*/
+class CdioCDText
+{
+public: 
+  CdioCDText(cdtext_t *p)
+  { 
+    p_cdtext = p;
+    cdtext_init(p); // make sure we're initialized on the C side
+  }
+
+  ~CdioCDText() 
+  {
+    cdtext_destroy(p_cdtext);
+    p_cdtext = (cdtext_t *) NULL;
+  }
+
+  // Other member functions
+#include "cdtext.hpp"
+
+private:
+  cdtext_t *p_cdtext;
+};
+    
+/** A class relating to tracks. A track object basically saves device
+    and track number information so that in track operations these
+    don't have be specified.
+*/
+class CdioTrack
+{
+
+public: 
+  CdioTrack(CdIo_t *p, track_t t)
+  { 
+    i_track = t;
+    p_cdio = p;
+  }
+
+  // Other member functions
+#include "track.hpp"
+
+private:
+  track_t i_track;
+  CdIo_t *p_cdio;
+};
+    
+/** A class relating to a CD-ROM device or pseudo CD-ROM device with
+    has a particular CD image. A device basically saves the libcdio
+    "object" (of type CdIo *). 
+*/
+class CdioDevice 
+{
+
+protected:
+
+  CdIo_t *p_cdio;
+
+public:
+
+  CdioDevice()
+  { 
+      p_cdio = (CdIo_t *) NULL; 
+  };
+
+  ~CdioDevice() 
+  { 
+    cdio_destroy(p_cdio); 
+    p_cdio = (CdIo_t *) NULL;
+  };
+
+  // Other member functions  
+#include "device.hpp"
+#include "disc.hpp"
+#include "mmc.hpp"
+#include "read.hpp"
+
+};
+
+/* Things related to devices. No class or object is needed. */
+#include "devices.hpp"
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_HPP__ */

include/cdio++/cdtext.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+    $Id: cdtext.hpp,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file cdtext.hpp
+ *  \brief methods relating to CD-Text information. This file
+ *  should not be #included directly.
+ */
+
+/*! Return string representation of the enum values above */
+const char *field2str (cdtext_field_t i) 
+{
+  return cdtext_field2str (i);
+}
+
+/*! returns an allocated string associated with the given field.  NULL is
+  returned if key is CDTEXT_INVALID or the field is not set.
+  
+  The user needs to free the string when done with it.
+
+  @see getConst to retrieve a constant string that doesn't
+  have to be freed.
+  
+*/
+char *get (cdtext_field_t key) 
+{
+  return cdtext_get (key, p_cdtext);
+}
+
+/*! returns the C cdtext_t pointer associated with this object. */
+cdtext_t *get () 
+{
+  return p_cdtext;
+}
+
+/*! returns a const string associated with the given field.  NULL is
+  returned if key is CDTEXT_INVALID or the field is not set.
+  
+  Don't use the string when the cdtext object (i.e. the CdIo_t object
+  you got it from) is no longer valid.
+
+  @see cdio_get to retrieve an allocated string that persists past the
+  cdtext object.
+
+*/
+const char *getConst (cdtext_field_t key) 
+{
+  return cdtext_get_const (key, p_cdtext);
+}
+
+/*!
+  returns enum of keyword if key is a CD-Text keyword, 
+  returns MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS non-zero otherwise.
+*/
+cdtext_field_t isKeyword (const char *key) 
+{
+  return cdtext_is_keyword (key);
+}
+
+/*! 
+  sets cdtext's keyword entry to field 
+*/
+void set (cdtext_field_t key, const char *value) 
+{
+  cdtext_set (key, value, p_cdtext);
+}
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio++/device.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/*
+    $Id: device.hpp,v 1.7 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file device.hpp
+ *
+ *  \brief C++ header for driver- or device-related libcdio calls.  
+ *         ("device" includes CD-image reading devices.)
+ */
+
+/*! 
+  Free resources associated with CD-ROM Device/Image. After this we 
+  must do another open before any more reading.
+*/
+bool 
+close()
+{
+  cdio_destroy(p_cdio);
+  p_cdio = (CdIo_t *) NULL;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Eject media in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+  
+  If the CD is ejected, object is destroyed.
+*/
+void
+ejectMedia () 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_eject_media(&p_cdio);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Free device list returned by GetDevices
+  
+  @param device_list list returned by GetDevices
+  
+  @see GetDevices
+  
+*/
+void 
+freeDeviceList (char * device_list[]) 
+{
+  cdio_free_device_list(device_list);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Get the value associatied with key. 
+    
+    @param key the key to retrieve
+    @return the value associatd with "key" or NULL if p_cdio is NULL
+    or "key" does not exist.
+  */
+const char * 
+getArg (const char key[]) 
+{
+  return cdio_get_arg (p_cdio, key);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Return an opaque CdIo_t pointer for the given track object.
+*/
+CdIo_t *getCdIo()
+{
+  return p_cdio;
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Return an opaque CdIo_t pointer for the given track object.
+*/
+cdtext_t *getCdtext(track_t i_track)
+{
+  return cdio_get_cdtext (p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the CD device name for the object.
+  
+  @return a string containing the CD device for this object or NULL is
+  if we couldn't get a device anme.
+  
+  In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+  there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+  NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+*/
+char *
+getDevice () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_default_device(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the what kind of device we've got.
+  
+  @param p_read_cap pointer to return read capabilities
+  @param p_write_cap pointer to return write capabilities
+  @param p_misc_cap pointer to return miscellaneous other capabilities
+  
+  In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+  there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+  NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+*/
+void 
+getDriveCap (cdio_drive_read_cap_t  &read_cap,
+	     cdio_drive_write_cap_t &write_cap,
+	     cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  &misc_cap) 
+{
+  cdio_get_drive_cap(p_cdio, &read_cap, &write_cap, &misc_cap);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get a string containing the name of the driver in use.
+  
+  @return a string with driver name or NULL if CdIo_t is NULL (we
+  haven't initialized a specific device.
+*/
+const char *
+getDriverName () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_driver_name(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the driver id. 
+  if CdIo_t is NULL (we haven't initialized a specific device driver), 
+  then return DRIVER_UNKNOWN.
+  
+  @return the driver id..
+*/
+driver_id_t 
+getDriverId () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_driver_id(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Get the CD-ROM hardware info via a SCSI MMC INQUIRY command.
+  False is returned if we had an error getting the information.
+*/
+bool 
+getHWinfo ( /*out*/ cdio_hwinfo_t &hw_info ) 
+{
+  return cdio_get_hwinfo(p_cdio, &hw_info);
+}
+
+/*! Get the LSN of the first track of the last session of
+  on the CD.
+  
+  @param i_last_session pointer to the session number to be returned.
+*/
+void
+getLastSession (/*out*/ lsn_t &i_last_session) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_get_last_session(p_cdio, &i_last_session);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Find out if media has changed since the last call.
+  @return 1 if media has changed since last call, 0 if not. Error
+  return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+*/
+int 
+getMediaChanged() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_media_changed(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*! True if CD-ROM understand ATAPI commands. */
+bool_3way_t 
+haveATAPI ()
+{
+  return cdio_have_atapi(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*! 
+
+  Sets up to read from the device specified by psz_source.  An open
+  routine should be called before using any read routine. If device
+  object was previously opened it is closed first.
+  
+  @return true if open succeeded or false if error.
+
+*/
+bool 
+open(const char *psz_source)
+{
+  if (p_cdio) cdio_destroy(p_cdio);
+  p_cdio = cdio_open_cd(psz_source);
+  return NULL != p_cdio ;
+}
+
+/*! 
+
+  Sets up to read from the device specified by psz_source and access
+  mode.  An open routine should be called before using any read
+  routine. If device object was previously opened it is "closed".
+  
+  @return true if open succeeded or false if error.
+*/
+bool 
+open (const char *psz_source, driver_id_t driver_id, 
+      const char *psz_access_mode = (const char *) NULL) 
+{
+  if (p_cdio) cdio_destroy(p_cdio);
+  if (psz_access_mode)
+    p_cdio = cdio_open_am(psz_source, driver_id, psz_access_mode);
+  else 
+    p_cdio = cdio_open(psz_source, driver_id);
+  return NULL != p_cdio ;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Set the blocksize for subsequent reads. 
+*/
+void
+setBlocksize ( int i_blocksize )
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_set_blocksize ( p_cdio, i_blocksize );
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set the drive speed. 
+*/
+void
+setSpeed ( int i_speed ) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_set_speed ( p_cdio, i_speed );
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set the arg "key" with "value" in "p_cdio".
+    
+    @param key the key to set
+    @param value the value to assocaiate with key
+*/
+void
+setArg (const char key[], const char value[]) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_set_arg (p_cdio, key, value);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}

include/cdio++/devices.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+    $Id: devices.hpp,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file devices.hpp
+ *
+ *  \brief methods relating to devices. It is *not* part of a class. 
+ *  This file should not be #included directly.
+ */
+
+
+/*!
+  Close media tray in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+  
+  @param psz_drive the name of CD-ROM to be closed.
+  @param driver_id is the driver to be used or that got used if
+  it was DRIVER_UNKNOWN or DRIVER_DEVICE; If this is NULL, we won't
+  report back the driver used.
+*/
+void closeTray (const char *psz_drive, /*in/out*/ driver_id_t &driver_id);
+
+/*!
+  Close media tray in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+  
+  @param psz_drive the name of CD-ROM to be closed. If omitted or 
+  NULL, we'll scan for a suitable CD-ROM.
+*/
+void closeTray (const char *psz_drive=(const char *)NULL);
+
+/*! 
+  Get a string decribing driver_id. 
+  
+  @param driver_id the driver you want the description for
+  @return a sring of driver description
+*/
+const char *driverDescribe (driver_id_t driver_id);
+
+/*!
+  Eject media in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+  
+  If the CD is ejected, object is destroyed.
+*/
+void ejectMedia (const char *psz_drive);
+
+/*!
+  Free device list returned by GetDevices
+  
+  @param device_list list returned by GetDevices
+  
+  @see GetDevices
+  
+*/
+void freeDeviceList (char * device_list[]);
+
+/*!
+  Return a string containing the default CD device if none is specified.
+  if p_driver_id is DRIVER_UNKNOWN or DRIVER_DEVICE
+  then find a suitable one set the default device for that.
+  
+  NULL is returned if we couldn't get a default device.
+*/
+char * getDefaultDevice(/*in/out*/ driver_id_t &driver_id);
+
+/*! Return an array of device names. If you want a specific
+  devices for a driver, give that device. If you want hardware
+  devices, give DRIVER_DEVICE and if you want all possible devices,
+  image drivers and hardware drivers give DRIVER_UNKNOWN.
+  
+  NULL is returned if we couldn't return a list of devices.
+  
+  In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+  there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+  NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+*/
+char ** getDevices(driver_id_t driver_id=DRIVER_DEVICE);
+
+/*! Like GetDevices above, but we may change the p_driver_id if we
+  were given DRIVER_DEVICE or DRIVER_UNKNOWN. This is because
+  often one wants to get a drive name and then *open* it
+  afterwards. Giving the driver back facilitates this, and speeds
+  things up for libcdio as well.
+*/
+
+char **getDevices (driver_id_t &driver_id);
+
+/*!
+  Get an array of device names in search_devices that have at least
+  the capabilities listed by the capabities parameter.  If
+  search_devices is NULL, then we'll search all possible CD drives.
+  
+  If "b_any" is set false then every capability listed in the
+  extended portion of capabilities (i.e. not the basic filesystem)
+  must be satisified. If "any" is set true, then if any of the
+  capabilities matches, we call that a success.
+  
+  To find a CD-drive of any type, use the mask CDIO_FS_MATCH_ALL.
+  
+  @return the array of device names or NULL if we couldn't get a
+  default device.  It is also possible to return a non NULL but
+  after dereferencing the the value is NULL. This also means nothing
+  was found.
+*/
+char ** getDevices(/*in*/ char *ppsz_search_devices[],
+		   cdio_fs_anal_t capabilities, bool b_any=false);
+
+/*!
+  Like GetDevices above but we return the driver we found
+  as well. This is because often one wants to search for kind of drive
+  and then *open* it afterwards. Giving the driver back facilitates this,
+  and speeds things up for libcdio as well.
+*/
+char ** getDevices(/*in*/ char* ppsz_search_devices[],
+		   cdio_fs_anal_t capabilities, /*out*/ driver_id_t &driver_id,
+		   bool b_any=false);
+
+/*! Return true if we Have driver for driver_id */
+bool haveDriver (driver_id_t driver_id);
+
+/*! 
+
+Determine if bin_name is the bin file part of  a CDRWIN CD disk image.
+
+@param bin_name location of presumed CDRWIN bin image file.
+    @return the corresponding CUE file if bin_name is a BIN file or
+    NULL if not a BIN file.
+  */
+char *isBinFile(const char *psz_bin_name);
+
+  
+/*! 
+    Determine if cue_name is the cue sheet for a CDRWIN CD disk image.
+    
+    @return corresponding BIN file if cue_name is a CDRWIN cue file or
+    NULL if not a CUE file.
+  */
+char *isCueFile(const char *psz_cue_name);
+  
+/*! 
+    Determine if psz_source refers to a real hardware CD-ROM.
+    
+    @param psz_source location name of object
+    @param driver_id   driver for reading object. Use DRIVER_UNKNOWN if you
+    don't know what driver to use.
+    @return true if psz_source is a device; If false is returned we
+    could have a CD disk image. 
+*/
+bool isDevice(const char *psz_source, driver_id_t driver_id);
+
+/*! 
+    Determine if psz_nrg is a Nero CD disk image.
+    
+    @param psz_nrg location of presumed NRG image file.
+    @return true if psz_nrg is a Nero NRG image or false
+    if not a NRG image.
+*/
+bool isNero(const char *psz_nrg);
+
+/*! 
+  Determine if psz_toc is a TOC file for a cdrdao CD disk image.
+  
+  @param psz_toc location of presumed TOC image file.
+  @return true if toc_name is a cdrdao TOC file or false
+  if not a TOC file.
+*/
+bool isTocFile(const char *psz_toc);
+  

include/cdio++/disc.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+    $Id: disc.hpp,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file disc.hpp
+ *  \brief methods relating to getting Compact Disc information. This file
+ *  should not be #included directly.
+ */
+
+/*! 
+  Get disc mode - the kind of CD (CD-DA, CD-ROM mode 1, CD-MIXED, etc.
+  that we've got. The notion of "CD" is extended a little to include
+  DVD's.
+*/
+discmode_t getDiscmode () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_discmode(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+  
+  @return the lsn. On error 0 or CDIO_INVALD_LSN.
+*/
+lsn_t getDiscLastLsn() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_disc_last_lsn(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the number of the first track. 
+  
+  @return a track object or NULL;
+  on error.
+*/
+CdioTrack *getFirstTrack() 
+{
+  track_t i_track = cdio_get_first_track_num(p_cdio);
+  return (CDIO_INVALID_TRACK != i_track) 
+    ? new CdioTrack(p_cdio, i_track)
+    : (CdioTrack *) NULL;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the number of the first track. 
+  
+  @return the track number or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK 
+  on error.
+*/
+track_t getFirstTrackNum() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_first_track_num(p_cdio);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Get the number of the first track. 
+  
+  @return a track object or NULL;
+  on error.
+*/
+CdioTrack *getLastTrack() 
+{
+  track_t i_track = cdio_get_last_track_num(p_cdio);
+  return (CDIO_INVALID_TRACK != i_track) 
+    ? new CdioTrack(p_cdio, i_track)
+    : (CdioTrack *) NULL;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the number of the first track. 
+  
+  @return the track number or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK 
+  on error.
+*/
+track_t getLastTrackNum() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_last_track_num(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Return the Joliet level recognized for p_cdio.
+*/
+uint8_t getJolietLevel() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_joliet_level(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the media catalog number (MCN) from the CD.
+  
+  @return the media catalog number r NULL if there is none or we
+  don't have the ability to get it.
+  
+  Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+  string when done with it.
+  
+*/
+char * getMcn () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_mcn (p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the number of tracks on the CD.
+  
+  @return the number of tracks, or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK if there is
+  an error.
+*/
+track_t getNumTracks () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_num_tracks(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*! Find the track which contans lsn.
+  CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned if the lsn outside of the CD or
+  if there was some error. 
+  
+  If the lsn is before the pregap of the first track 0 is returned.
+  Otherwise we return the track that spans the lsn.
+*/
+CdioTrack *getTrackFromNum(track_t i_track) 
+{
+  return new CdioTrack(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*! Find the track which contans lsn.
+  CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned if the lsn outside of the CD or
+  if there was some error. 
+  
+  If the lsn is before the pregap of the first track 0 is returned.
+  Otherwise we return the track that spans the lsn.
+*/
+CdioTrack *getTrackFromLsn(lsn_t lsn) 
+{
+  track_t i_track = cdio_get_track(p_cdio, lsn);
+  return (CDIO_INVALID_TRACK != i_track) 
+    ? new CdioTrack(p_cdio, i_track)
+    : (CdioTrack *) NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*! 
+  Return true if discmode is some sort of CD.
+*/
+bool isDiscmodeCdrom (discmode_t discmode) {
+  return cdio_is_discmode_cdrom(discmode);
+}
+
+
+/*! 
+  Return true if discmode is some sort of DVD.
+*/
+bool isDiscmodeDvd (discmode_t discmode) 
+{
+  return cdio_is_discmode_dvd (discmode) ;
+}
+
+

include/cdio++/enum.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+    $Id: enum.hpp,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@panix.com>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file enum.hpp
+ *
+ *  \brief C++ header for pre- and post-increment operators for 
+ *  enumerations defined in libcdio that it makes sense to iterate over.
+ */
+
+#define ENUM_ITERATE_FNS(type)			\
+  inline					\
+  type &operator++(type &t)			\
+  {						\
+    return t = type(t + 1);			\
+  }						\
+  inline					\
+  type  &operator++(type &t, int)		\
+  {						\
+    return t = type(t + 1);			\
+  }						\
+  inline					\
+  type &operator--(type &t)			\
+  {						\
+    return t = type(t - 1);			\
+  }						\
+  inline					\
+  type  &operator--(type &t, int)		\
+  {						\
+    return t = type(t - 1);			\
+  }
+
+ENUM_ITERATE_FNS(cdtext_field_t)
+ENUM_ITERATE_FNS(driver_id_t)

include/cdio++/iso9660.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+/*
+    $Id: iso9660.hpp,v 1.13 2008/06/13 15:58:50 flameeyes Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file iso9660.hpp
+ *
+ *  \brief C++ class for libcdio: the CD Input and Control
+ *  library. Applications use this for anything regarding libcdio.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ISO9660_HPP__
+#define __ISO9660_HPP__
+
+#include <cdio/iso9660.h>
+#include <cdio++/cdio.hpp>
+#include <vector>		// vector class library
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+using namespace std;
+
+/** ISO 9660 class.
+*/
+class ISO9660
+{
+
+public:
+
+  class PVD  // Primary Volume ID
+  {
+  public:
+
+    iso9660_pvd_t pvd;  // Make private?
+
+    PVD()
+    {
+      memset(&pvd, 0, sizeof(pvd));
+    }
+    
+    PVD(iso9660_pvd_t *p_new_pvd)
+    { 
+      memcpy(&pvd, p_new_pvd, sizeof(pvd));
+    };
+
+    /*!
+      Return the PVD's application ID.
+      NULL is returned if there is some problem in getting this. 
+    */
+    char * get_application_id();
+    
+    int get_pvd_block_size();
+    
+    /*!
+      Return the PVD's preparer ID.
+      NULL is returned if there is some problem in getting this. 
+    */
+    char * get_preparer_id();
+    
+    /*!
+      Return the PVD's publisher ID.
+      NULL is returned if there is some problem in getting this. 
+    */
+    char * get_publisher_id();
+    
+    const char *get_pvd_id();
+    
+    int get_pvd_space_size();
+    
+    uint8_t get_pvd_type();
+    
+    /*! Return the primary volume id version number (of pvd).
+      If there is an error 0 is returned. 
+    */
+    int get_pvd_version();
+    
+    /*! Return the LSN of the root directory for pvd.
+      If there is an error CDIO_INVALID_LSN is returned. 
+    */
+    lsn_t get_root_lsn();
+  
+    /*!
+      Return the PVD's system ID.
+      NULL is returned if there is some problem in getting this. 
+    */
+    char * get_system_id();
+    
+    /*!
+      Return the PVD's volume ID.
+      NULL is returned if there is some problem in getting this. 
+    */
+    char * get_volume_id();
+    
+    /*!
+      Return the PVD's volumeset ID.
+      NULL is returned if there is some problem in getting this. 
+    */
+    char * get_volumeset_id();
+    
+  };
+    
+  class Stat  // ISO 9660 file information
+  {
+  public:
+
+    iso9660_stat_t *p_stat;
+    typedef vector< ISO9660::Stat *> stat_vector_t;
+
+    Stat(iso9660_stat_t *p_new_stat)
+    { 
+      p_stat = p_new_stat;
+    };
+
+    Stat(const Stat& copy_in) 
+    {
+      free(p_stat);
+      p_stat = (iso9660_stat_t *) 
+	calloc( 1, sizeof(iso9660_stat_t) 
+		+ strlen(copy_in.p_stat->filename)+1 );
+      p_stat = copy_in.p_stat;
+    }
+      
+    const Stat& operator= (const Stat& right) 
+    {
+      free(p_stat);
+      this->p_stat = right.p_stat;
+      return right;
+    }
+    
+    ~Stat() 
+    {
+      free(p_stat);
+      p_stat = NULL;
+    }
+    
+  };
+
+  class FS : public CdioDevice // ISO 9660 Filesystem on a CD or CD-image
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef vector< ISO9660::Stat *> stat_vector_t;
+
+    /*!
+      Given a directory pointer, find the filesystem entry that contains
+      lsn and return information about it.
+      
+      @return Stat * of entry if we found lsn, or NULL otherwise.
+      Caller must free return value.
+    */
+    Stat *find_lsn(lsn_t i_lsn);
+
+    /*! Read the Primary Volume Descriptor for a CD.  A
+      PVD object is returned if read, and NULL if there was an error.
+    */
+    PVD *read_pvd ();
+
+    /*!
+      Read the Super block of an ISO 9660 image. This is the 
+      Primary Volume Descriptor (PVD) and perhaps a Supplemental Volume 
+      Descriptor if (Joliet) extensions are acceptable.
+    */
+    bool read_superblock (iso_extension_mask_t iso_extension_mask);
+
+    /*! Read psz_path (a directory) and return a vector of iso9660_stat_t
+      pointers for the files inside that directory. The caller must free the
+      returned result.
+    */
+    bool readdir (const char psz_path[], stat_vector_t& stat_vector,
+		  bool b_mode2=false);
+
+    /*!
+      Return file status for path name psz_path. NULL is returned on
+      error.
+      
+      If translate is true, version numbers in the ISO 9660 name are
+      dropped, i.e. ;1 is removed and if level 1 ISO-9660 names are
+      lowercased.
+      
+      Mode2 is used only if translate is true and is a hack that
+      really should go away in libcdio sometime. If set use mode 2
+      reading, otherwise use mode 1 reading.
+      
+      @return file status object for psz_path. NULL is returned on
+      error.
+    */
+    Stat *
+    stat (const char psz_path[], bool b_translate=false, bool b_mode2=false)
+    {
+      if (b_translate) 
+	return new Stat(iso9660_fs_stat_translate (p_cdio, psz_path, 
+							    b_mode2));
+      else 
+	return new Stat(iso9660_fs_stat (p_cdio, psz_path));
+    }
+  };
+  
+  class IFS  // ISO 9660 filesystem image
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef vector< ISO9660::Stat *> stat_vector_t;
+
+    IFS()
+    { 
+      p_iso9660=NULL; 
+    };
+
+    ~IFS() 
+    { 
+      iso9660_close(p_iso9660); 
+      p_iso9660 = (iso9660_t *) NULL;
+    };
+    
+    /*! Close previously opened ISO 9660 image and free resources
+      associated with the image. Call this when done using using an ISO
+      9660 image.
+      
+      @return true is unconditionally returned. If there was an error
+      false would be returned.
+    */
+    bool close();
+
+    /*!
+      Given a directory pointer, find the filesystem entry that contains
+      lsn and return information about it.
+      
+      Returns Stat*  of entry if we found lsn, or NULL otherwise.
+    */
+    Stat *find_lsn(lsn_t i_lsn);
+
+    /*!  
+      Get the application ID.  psz_app_id is set to NULL if there
+      is some problem in getting this and false is returned.
+    */
+    bool get_application_id(/*out*/ char * &psz_app_id) 
+    {
+      return iso9660_ifs_get_application_id(p_iso9660, &psz_app_id);
+    }
+    
+    /*!  
+      Return the Joliet level recognized. 
+    */
+    uint8_t get_joliet_level();
+    
+    /*!  
+      Get the preparer ID.  psz_preparer_id is set to NULL if there
+      is some problem in getting this and false is returned.
+    */
+    bool get_preparer_id(/*out*/ char * &psz_preparer_id) 
+    {
+      return iso9660_ifs_get_preparer_id(p_iso9660, &psz_preparer_id);
+    }
+
+    /*!  
+      Get the publisher ID.  psz_publisher_id is set to NULL if there
+      is some problem in getting this and false is returned.
+    */
+    bool get_publisher_id(/*out*/ char * &psz_publisher_id) 
+    {
+      return iso9660_ifs_get_publisher_id(p_iso9660, &psz_publisher_id);
+    }
+    
+    /*!  
+      Get the system ID.  psz_system_id is set to NULL if there
+      is some problem in getting this and false is returned.
+    */
+    bool get_system_id(/*out*/ char * &psz_system_id)
+    {
+      return iso9660_ifs_get_system_id(p_iso9660, &psz_system_id);
+    }
+    
+    /*! Return the volume ID in the PVD. psz_volume_id is set to
+      NULL if there is some problem in getting this and false is
+      returned.
+    */
+    bool get_volume_id(/*out*/ char * &psz_volume_id) 
+    {
+      return iso9660_ifs_get_volume_id(p_iso9660, &psz_volume_id);
+    }
+    
+    /*! Return the volumeset ID in the PVD. psz_volumeset_id is set to
+      NULL if there is some problem in getting this and false is
+      returned.
+    */
+    bool get_volumeset_id(/*out*/ char * &psz_volumeset_id) 
+    {
+      return iso9660_ifs_get_volumeset_id(p_iso9660, &psz_volumeset_id);
+    }
+
+    /*!
+      Return true if ISO 9660 image has extended attrributes (XA).
+    */
+    bool is_xa ();
+
+    /*! Open an ISO 9660 image for reading. Maybe in the future we will
+      have a mode. NULL is returned on error. An open routine should be
+      called before using any read routine. If device object was
+      previously opened it is closed first.
+      
+      @param psz_path location of ISO 9660 image
+      @param iso_extension_mask the kinds of ISO 9660 extensions will be
+      considered on access.
+      
+      @return true if open succeeded or false if error.
+      
+      @see open_fuzzy
+    */
+    bool open(const char *psz_path, 
+	      iso_extension_mask_t iso_extension_mask=ISO_EXTENSION_NONE)
+    {
+      if (p_iso9660) iso9660_close(p_iso9660);
+      p_iso9660 = iso9660_open_ext(psz_path, iso_extension_mask);
+      return NULL != (iso9660_t *) p_iso9660 ;
+    }
+
+    /*! Open an ISO 9660 image for "fuzzy" reading. This means that we
+      will try to guess various internal offset based on internal
+      checks. This may be useful when trying to read an ISO 9660 image
+      contained in a file format that libiso9660 doesn't know natively
+      (or knows imperfectly.)
+      
+      Maybe in the future we will have a mode. NULL is returned on
+      error.
+      
+      @see open
+    */
+    bool open_fuzzy (const char *psz_path,
+		     iso_extension_mask_t iso_extension_mask
+		     =ISO_EXTENSION_NONE,
+		     uint16_t i_fuzz=20);
+
+    /*! Read the Primary Volume Descriptor for an ISO 9660 image.  A
+      PVD object is returned if read, and NULL if there was an error.
+    */
+    PVD *read_pvd ();
+  
+    /*!
+      Read the Super block of an ISO 9660 image but determine framesize
+      and datastart and a possible additional offset. Generally here we are
+      not reading an ISO 9660 image but a CD-Image which contains an ISO 9660
+      filesystem.
+
+      @see read_superblock
+    */
+    bool read_superblock (iso_extension_mask_t iso_extension_mask
+			  =ISO_EXTENSION_NONE,
+			  uint16_t i_fuzz=20);
+
+    /*!
+      Read the Super block of an ISO 9660 image but determine framesize
+      and datastart and a possible additional offset. Generally here we are
+      not reading an ISO 9660 image but a CD-Image which contains an ISO 9660
+      filesystem.
+
+      @see read_superblock
+    */
+    bool 
+    read_superblock_fuzzy (iso_extension_mask_t iso_extension_mask
+			   =ISO_EXTENSION_NONE,
+			   uint16_t i_fuzz=20);
+
+    /*! Read psz_path (a directory) and return a list of iso9660_stat_t
+      pointers for the files inside that directory. The caller must free
+      the returned result.
+    */
+    bool readdir (const char psz_path[], stat_vector_t& stat_vector) 
+    {
+      CdioList_t *p_stat_list = iso9660_ifs_readdir (p_iso9660, psz_path);
+      
+      if (p_stat_list) {
+	CdioListNode_t *p_entnode;
+	_CDIO_LIST_FOREACH (p_entnode, p_stat_list) {
+	  iso9660_stat_t *p_statbuf = 
+	    (iso9660_stat_t *) _cdio_list_node_data (p_entnode);
+	  stat_vector.push_back(new ISO9660::Stat(p_statbuf));
+	}
+	_cdio_list_free (p_stat_list, false);
+	return true;
+      } else {
+	return false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /*!
+      Seek to a position and then read n bytes. Size read is returned.
+    */
+    long int 
+    seek_read (void *ptr, lsn_t start, long int i_size=1) 
+    {
+      return iso9660_iso_seek_read (p_iso9660, ptr, start, i_size);
+    }
+    
+    /*!  
+      Return file status for pathname. NULL is returned on error.
+    */
+    Stat *
+    stat (const char psz_path[], bool b_translate=false) 
+    {
+      if (b_translate) 
+	return new Stat(iso9660_ifs_stat_translate (p_iso9660, psz_path));
+      else 
+	return new Stat(iso9660_ifs_stat (p_iso9660, psz_path));
+    }
+    
+  private:
+    iso9660_t *p_iso9660;
+  };
+
+};
+
+typedef vector< ISO9660::Stat *> stat_vector_t;
+typedef vector <ISO9660::Stat *>::iterator stat_vector_iterator_t;
+
+#endif /* __ISO9660_HPP__ */

include/cdio++/mmc.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/*
+    $Id: mmc.hpp,v 1.3 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file mmc.hpp
+ *  \brief methods relating to  MMC (Multimedia Commands). This file
+ *  should not be #included directly.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  Read Audio Subchannel information
+  
+  @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+  @param p_subchannel place for returned subchannel information
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+void
+mmcAudioReadSubchannel (/*out*/ cdio_subchannel_t *p_subchannel) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_audio_read_subchannel (p_cdio, p_subchannel);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Eject using MMC commands. If CD-ROM is "locked" we'll unlock it.
+  Command is not "immediate" -- we'll wait for the command to complete.
+  For a more general (and lower-level) routine, @see mmc_start_stop_media.
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+void mmcEjectMedia() 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_eject_media( p_cdio );
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+  
+/*!  
+  Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+  
+  @return the lsn. On error return CDIO_INVALID_LSN.
+*/
+lsn_t mmcGetDiscLastLsn() 
+{
+  return mmc_get_disc_last_lsn( p_cdio );
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Return the discmode as reported by the MMC Read (FULL) TOC
+  command.
+  
+  Information was obtained from Section 5.1.13 (Read TOC/PMA/ATIP)
+  pages 56-62 from the MMC draft specification, revision 10a
+  at http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/mmc/mmc-r10a.pdf See
+  especially tables 72, 73 and 75.
+*/
+discmode_t mmcGetDiscmode() 
+{
+  return mmc_get_discmode( p_cdio );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get drive capabilities for a device.
+  @return the drive capabilities.
+*/
+void mmcGetDriveCap ( /*out*/ cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+                      /*out*/ cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+                      /*out*/ cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap) 
+{
+  mmc_get_drive_cap ( p_cdio, p_read_cap, p_write_cap, p_misc_cap);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the MMC level supported by the device.
+*/
+cdio_mmc_level_t mmcGetDriveMmcCap() 
+{
+  return mmc_get_drive_mmc_cap(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Get the DVD type associated with cd object.
+  
+  @return the DVD discmode.
+*/
+discmode_t mmcGetDvdStructPhysical (cdio_dvd_struct_t *s) 
+{
+  return mmc_get_dvd_struct_physical (p_cdio, s);
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Get the CD-ROM hardware info via an MMC INQUIRY command.
+  
+  @return true if we were able to get hardware info, false if we had
+  an error.
+*/
+bool mmcGetHwinfo ( /* out*/ cdio_hwinfo_t *p_hw_info ) 
+{
+  return mmc_get_hwinfo ( p_cdio, p_hw_info );
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Find out if media has changed since the last call.
+  @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+  @return 1 if media has changed since last call, 0 if not. Error
+  return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+*/
+int mmcGetMediaChanged() 
+{
+  return mmc_get_media_changed(p_cdio);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the media catalog number (MCN) from the CD via MMC.
+  
+  @return the media catalog number r NULL if there is none or we
+  don't have the ability to get it.
+  
+  Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+  string when done with it.
+  
+*/
+char * mmcGetMcn () 
+{
+  return mmc_get_mcn ( p_cdio );
+}
+
+/** Get the output port volumes and port selections used on AUDIO PLAY
+    commands via a MMC MODE SENSE command using the CD Audio Control
+    Page.
+
+    A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+void mmcAudioGetVolume (mmc_audio_volume_t *p_volume) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_audio_get_volume (p_cdio, p_volume);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Report if CD-ROM has a praticular kind of interface (ATAPI, SCSCI, ...)
+  Is it possible for an interface to have serveral? If not this 
+  routine could probably return the single mmc_feature_interface_t.
+  @return true if we have the interface and false if not.
+*/
+bool_3way_t mmcHaveInterface( cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t e_interface ) 
+{
+  return mmc_have_interface( p_cdio, e_interface );
+}
+
+/*! Run a MODE_SENSE command (6- or 10-byte version) 
+  and put the results in p_buf 
+  @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+*/
+int mmcModeSense( /*out*/ void *p_buf, int i_size, int page) 
+{
+  return mmc_mode_sense( p_cdio, /*out*/ p_buf, i_size, page);
+}
+
+/*! Run a MODE_SENSE command (10-byte version) 
+  and put the results in p_buf 
+  @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+*/
+int mmcModeSense10( /*out*/ void *p_buf, int i_size, int page) 
+{
+  return mmc_mode_sense_10( p_cdio, /*out*/ p_buf, i_size, page);
+}
+
+/*! Run a MODE_SENSE command (6-byte version) 
+  and put the results in p_buf 
+  @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+*/
+int mmcModeSense6( /*out*/ void *p_buf, int i_size, int page) 
+{
+  return mmc_mode_sense_6( p_cdio, /*out*/ p_buf, i_size, page);
+}
+
+/*! Issue a MMC READ_CD command.
+  
+@param p_cdio  object to read from 
+
+@param p_buf   Place to store data. The caller should ensure that 
+               p_buf can hold at least i_blocksize * i_blocks  bytes.
+
+@param i_lsn   sector to read 
+  
+@param expected_sector_type restricts reading to a specific CD
+  sector type.  Only 3 bits with values 1-5 are used:
+    0 all sector types
+    1 CD-DA sectors only 
+    2 Mode 1 sectors only
+    3 Mode 2 formless sectors only. Note in contrast to all other
+      values an MMC CD-ROM is not required to support this mode.
+    4 Mode 2 Form 1 sectors only
+    5 Mode 2 Form 2 sectors only
+
+@param b_digital_audio_play Control error concealment when the
+  data being read is CD-DA.  If the data being read is not CD-DA,
+  this parameter is ignored.  If the data being read is CD-DA and
+  DAP is false zero, then the user data returned should not be
+  modified by flaw obscuring mechanisms such as audio data mute and
+  interpolate.  If the data being read is CD-DA and DAP is true,
+  then the user data returned should be modified by flaw obscuring
+  mechanisms such as audio data mute and interpolate.  
+  
+  b_sync_header return the sync header (which will probably have
+  the same value as CDIO_SECTOR_SYNC_HEADER of size
+  CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE).
+  
+  @param header_codes Header Codes refer to the sector header and
+  the sub-header that is present in mode 2 formed sectors: 
+  
+   0 No header information is returned.  
+   1 The 4-byte sector header of data sectors is be returned, 
+   2 The 8-byte sector sub-header of mode 2 formed sectors is
+     returned.  
+   3 Both sector header and sub-header (12 bytes) is returned.  
+   The Header preceeds the rest of the bytes (e.g. user-data bytes) 
+   that might get returned.
+   
+   @param b_user_data  Return user data if true. 
+   
+   For CD-DA, the User Data is CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW bytes.
+
+   For Mode 1, The User Data is ISO_BLOCKSIZE bytes beginning at
+   offset CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE+CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE.
+   
+   For Mode 2 formless, The User Data is M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE bytes
+   beginning at offset CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE+CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE.
+   
+   For data Mode 2, form 1, User Data is ISO_BLOCKSIZE bytes beginning at
+   offset CDIO_CD_XA_SYNC_HEADER.
+   
+   For data Mode 2, form 2, User Data is 2 324 bytes beginning at
+   offset CDIO_CD_XA_SYNC_HEADER.
+   
+   @param b_sync 
+
+   @param b_edc_ecc true if we return EDC/ECC error detection/correction bits.
+   
+   The presence and size of EDC redundancy or ECC parity is defined
+   according to sector type: 
+   
+   CD-DA sectors have neither EDC redundancy nor ECC parity.  
+   
+   Data Mode 1 sectors have 288 bytes of EDC redundancy, Pad, and
+   ECC parity beginning at offset 2064.
+   
+   Data Mode 2 formless sectors have neither EDC redundancy nor ECC
+   parity
+   
+   Data Mode 2 form 1 sectors have 280 bytes of EDC redundancy and
+   ECC parity beginning at offset 2072
+   
+   Data Mode 2 form 2 sectors optionally have 4 bytes of EDC
+   redundancy beginning at offset 2348.
+   
+   
+   @param c2_error_information If true associate a bit with each
+   sector for C2 error The resulting bit field is ordered exactly as
+   the main channel bytes.  Each 8-bit boundary defines a byte of
+   flag bits.
+   
+   @param subchannel_selection subchannel-selection bits
+   
+     0  No Sub-channel data shall be returned.  (0 bytes)
+     1  RAW P-W Sub-channel data shall be returned.  (96 byte)
+     2  Formatted Q sub-channel data shall be transferred (16 bytes)
+     3  Reserved     
+     4  Corrected and de-interleaved R-W sub-channel (96 bytes)
+     5-7  Reserved
+
+   @param i_blocksize size of the a block expected to be returned
+     
+   @param i_blocks number of blocks expected to be returned.
+
+   A DriverOpException is raised on error.     
+  */
+void 
+mmcReadCd ( void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, int expected_sector_type, 
+            bool b_digital_audio_play, bool b_sync, uint8_t header_codes, 
+            bool b_user_data, bool b_edc_ecc, uint8_t c2_error_information, 
+            uint8_t subchannel_selection, uint16_t i_blocksize, 
+            uint32_t i_blocks ) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = 
+    mmc_read_cd ( p_cdio, p_buf, i_lsn, expected_sector_type, 
+                  b_digital_audio_play, b_sync, header_codes, 
+                  b_user_data, b_edc_ecc, c2_error_information, 
+                  subchannel_selection, i_blocksize, i_blocks );
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*! Read just the user data part of some sort of data sector (via 
+    mmc_read_cd). 
+    
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE,
+                 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on
+                 the kind of sector getting read. If you don't know
+                 whether you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless
+                 sector best to reserve space for the maximum,
+                 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocksize size of each block
+    @param i_blocks number of blocks to read
+
+  */
+void mmcReadDataSectors ( void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, uint16_t i_blocksize,
+                          uint32_t i_blocks=1) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_read_data_sectors ( p_cdio, p_buf, i_lsn, 
+                                                     i_blocksize, i_blocks );
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+
+/*! Read MMC read mode2 sectors
+
+    A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+ */
+void mmcReadSectors ( void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn,  int read_sector_type, 
+                      uint32_t i_blocks=1) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_read_sectors ( p_cdio, p_buf, i_lsn, 
+                                                read_sector_type, i_blocks);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Run an MMC command. 
+    
+    @param p_cdio	 CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_timeout_ms  time in milliseconds we will wait for the command
+                         to complete. 
+    @param p_cdb	 CDB bytes. All values that are needed should be set 
+                         on input. We'll figure out what the right CDB length 
+                         should be.
+    @param e_direction   direction the transfer is to go.
+    @param i_buf	 Size of buffer
+    @param p_buf	 Buffer for data, both sending and receiving.
+
+    @return 0 if command completed successfully.
+  */
+int mmcRunCmd( unsigned int i_timeout_ms, const mmc_cdb_t *p_cdb,
+               cdio_mmc_direction_t e_direction, unsigned int i_buf, 
+               /*in/out*/ void *p_buf )
+{
+  return mmc_run_cmd( p_cdio, i_timeout_ms, p_cdb, e_direction, i_buf, p_buf );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Set the block size for subsequent read requests, via MMC.
+
+  @param i_blocksize size to set for subsequent requests
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+void mmcSetBlocksize ( uint16_t i_blocksize) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_set_blocksize ( p_cdio, i_blocksize);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Set the drive speed via MMC. 
+
+  @param i_speed speed to set drive to.
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+void mmcSetSpeed( int i_speed )
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = mmc_set_speed( p_cdio, i_speed );
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Load or Unload media using a MMC START STOP command. 
+  
+  @param p_cdio  the CD object to be acted upon.
+  @param b_eject eject if true and close tray if false
+  @param b_immediate wait or don't wait for operation to complete
+  @param power_condition Set CD-ROM to idle/standby/sleep. If nonzero
+  eject/load is ignored, so set to 0 if you want to eject or load.
+  
+  @see mmc_eject_media or mmc_close_tray
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+void mmcStartStopMedia(bool b_eject, bool b_immediate, 
+                       uint8_t power_condition) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = 
+    mmc_start_stop_media(p_cdio, b_eject, b_immediate, power_condition);
+ possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio++/read.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+    $Id: read.hpp,v 1.3 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@panix.com>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file read.hpp
+ *
+ *  \brief methods relating to reading blocks of Compact Discs. This file
+ *  should not be #included directly.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  Reposition read offset
+  Similar to (if not the same as) libc's lseek()
+  
+  @param offset amount to seek
+  @param whence  like corresponding parameter in libc's lseek, e.g. 
+  SEEK_SET or SEEK_END.
+  @return (off_t) -1 on error. 
+*/
+
+off_t lseek(off_t offset, int whence) 
+{
+  return cdio_lseek(p_cdio, offset, whence);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Reads into buf the next size bytes.
+  Similar to (if not the same as) libc's read()
+  
+  @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+  this location can store at least i_size bytes.
+  @param i_size number of bytes to read
+  
+  @return (ssize_t) -1 on error. 
+*/
+ssize_t read(void *p_buf, size_t i_size) 
+{
+  return cdio_read(p_cdio, p_buf, i_size);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Reads a number of sectors (AKA blocks).
+  
+  @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+  this location is large enough. See below for size information.
+  @param read_mode the kind of "mode" to use in reading.
+  @param i_lsn sector to read
+  @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+
+  If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_AUDIO,
+    *p_buf should hold at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW * i_blocks bytes.
+
+  If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_DATA,
+    *p_buf should hold at least i_blocks times either ISO_BLOCKSIZE, 
+    M1RAW_SECTOR_SIZE or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on the kind of 
+    sector getting read. If you don't know whether you have a Mode 1/2, 
+    Form 1/ Form 2/Formless sector best to reserve space for the maximum
+    which is M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+  If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_M2F1,
+    *p_buf should hold at least M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE * i_blocks bytes.
+
+  If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_M2F2,
+    *p_buf should hold at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE * i_blocks bytes.
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+*/
+
+void readSectors(void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, cdio_read_mode_t read_mode, 
+		 uint32_t i_blocks=1)
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_read_sectors(p_cdio, p_buf, i_lsn, read_mode,
+					       i_blocks);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Reads a number of data sectors (AKA blocks).
+  
+  @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+  this location is large enough. See below for size information.
+
+  *p_buf should hold at least i_blocks times either ISO_BLOCKSIZE, 
+  M1RAW_SECTOR_SIZE or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on the kind of 
+  sector getting read. If you don't know whether you have a Mode 1/2, 
+  Form 1/ Form 2/Formless sector best to reserve space for the maximum
+  which is M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+  @param i_lsn sector to read
+
+  @param i_blocksize size of block. Should be either CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE, 
+  M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE. See comment above under p_buf.
+
+  @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+
+  A DriverOpException is raised on error.
+  
+*/
+
+void readDataBlocks(void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, uint16_t i_blocksize, 
+		    uint32_t i_blocks=1) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t drc = cdio_read_data_sectors (p_cdio, p_buf, i_lsn, 
+						     i_blocksize, i_blocks);
+  possible_throw_device_exception(drc);
+}

include/cdio++/track.hpp

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+    $Id: track.hpp,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file track.hpp
+ *  \brief methods relating to getting Compact Discs. This file
+ *  should not be #included directly.
+ */
+
+/*!  
+  Return an opaque CdIo_t pointer for the given track object.
+*/
+CdIo_t *getCdIo()
+{
+  return p_cdio;
+}
+
+/*! 
+  Get CD-Text information for a CdIo_t object.
+  
+  @return the CD-Text object or NULL if obj is NULL
+  or CD-Text information does not exist.
+*/
+cdtext_t *getCdtext () 
+{
+  return cdio_get_cdtext (p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*! Return number of channels in track: 2 or 4; -2 if not
+  implemented or -1 for error.
+  Not meaningful if track is not an audio track.
+*/
+int getChannels()
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_channels(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*! Return copy protection status on a track. Is this meaningful
+  if not an audio track?
+*/
+track_flag_t getCopyPermit() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_copy_permit(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Get the format (audio, mode2, mode1) of track. 
+*/
+track_format_t getFormat()
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_format(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return true if we have XA data (green, mode2 form1) or
+  XA data (green, mode2 form2). That is track begins:
+  sync - header - subheader
+  12     4      -  8
+  
+  FIXME: there's gotta be a better design for this and get_track_format?
+*/
+bool getGreen() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_green(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Return the ending LSN. CDIO_INVALID_LSN is returned on error.
+*/
+lsn_t getLastLsn() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_last_lsn(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Get the starting LBA. 
+
+  @return the starting LBA or CDIO_INVALID_LBA on error.
+*/
+lba_t getLba() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_lba(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  @return the starting LSN or CDIO_INVALID_LSN on error.
+*/
+lsn_t getLsn()
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_lsn(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+
+/*!  
+  Return the starting MSF (minutes/secs/frames) for track number
+  i_track in p_cdio. 
+
+  @return true if things worked or false if there is no track entry.
+*/
+bool getMsf(/*out*/ msf_t &msf)
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_msf(p_cdio, i_track,/*out*/ &msf);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Return the track number of the track object.
+*/
+track_t getTrackNum()
+{
+  return i_track;
+}
+
+/*! Get linear preemphasis status on an audio track 
+  This is not meaningful if not an audio track?
+*/
+track_flag_t getPreemphasis()
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_preemphasis(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+/*!  
+  Get the number of sectors between this track an the next.  This
+  includes any pregap sectors before the start of the next track.
+  
+  @return the number of sectors or 0 if there is an error.
+*/
+unsigned int getSecCount() 
+{
+  return cdio_get_track_sec_count(p_cdio, i_track);
+}
+
+

include/cdio/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+version.h
+cdio_config.h
+

include/cdio/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/Makefile
+/Makefile.in
+/cdio_config.h
+/version.h

include/cdio/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#   $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.34 2008/03/20 19:02:37 karl Exp $
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+########################################################
+# Things to make the install (public) libcdio headers
+########################################################
+#
+
+if BUILD_CD_PARANOIA
+paranoiaheaders = cdda.h cdtext.h 
+endif
+
+libcdioincludedir=$(includedir)/cdio
+libcdioinclude_HEADERS = \
+	audio.h \
+	bytesex.h \
+	bytesex_asm.h \
+	cdio.h \
+	cdio_config.h \
+	cd_types.h \
+	device.h \
+	disc.h \
+	ds.h \
+	dvd.h \
+	ecma_167.h \
+	iso9660.h \
+	logging.h \
+	mmc.h \
+	paranoia.h \
+	posix.h \
+	read.h \
+	rock.h \
+	sector.h \
+        track.h \
+        types.h \
+	udf.h \
+	udf_file.h \
+	udf_time.h \
+	utf8.h \
+	util.h \
+	version.h \
+	xa.h \
+	$(paranoiaheaders)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = version.h.in
+BUILT_SOURCES = version.h
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = cdio_config.h

include/cdio/audio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+    $Id: audio.h,v 1.12 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file audio.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for CD audio-related libcdio
+ *         calls.  These control playing of the CD-ROM through its 
+ *         line-out jack.
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_AUDIO_H__
+#define __CDIO_AUDIO_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! This struct is used by the cdio_audio_read_subchannel */
+  typedef struct cdio_subchannel_s 
+  {
+    uint8_t format;
+    uint8_t audio_status;
+    uint8_t address:	4;
+    uint8_t control:	4;
+    uint8_t track;
+    uint8_t index;
+    msf_t   abs_addr;
+    msf_t   rel_addr;
+  } cdio_subchannel_t;
+  
+  /*! This struct is used by cdio_audio_get_volume and cdio_audio_set_volume */
+  typedef struct cdio_audio_volume_s
+  {
+    uint8_t level[4];
+  } cdio_audio_volume_t;
+  
+
+  /*! This struct is used by the CDROMPLAYTRKIND ioctl */
+  typedef struct cdio_track_index_s
+  {
+    uint8_t	i_start_track;	/**< start track */
+    uint8_t	i_start_index;	/**< start index */
+    uint8_t	i_end_track;	/**< end track */
+    uint8_t	i_end_index;	/**< end index */
+  } cdio_track_index_t;
+
+  /*!
+    Get volume of an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_volume place to put the list of volume outputs levels
+
+    p_volume can be NULL in which case we return only whether the driver
+    has the ability to get the volume or not.
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_get_volume (CdIo_t *p_cdio,  /*out*/
+					      cdio_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+
+  /*! 
+    Return the number of seconds (discarding frame portion) of an MSF 
+  */
+  uint32_t cdio_audio_get_msf_seconds(msf_t *p_msf);
+
+  /*!
+    Pause playing CD through analog output
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_pause (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Playing CD through analog output at the given MSF.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_start_msf pointer to staring MSF
+    @param p_end_msf pointer to ending MSF
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_play_msf (CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					    /*in*/msf_t *p_start_msf,
+					    /*in*/ msf_t *p_end_msf);
+
+  /*!
+    Playing CD through analog output at the desired track and index
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_track_index location to start/end.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_play_track_index 
+  ( CdIo_t *p_cdio,  cdio_track_index_t *p_track_index);
+
+  /*!
+    Get subchannel information.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_subchannel place for returned subchannel information
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_read_subchannel (CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						   /*out*/ cdio_subchannel_t *p_subchannel);
+
+  /*!
+    Resume playing an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_resume (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Set volume of an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_volume place for returned volume-level information
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_set_volume (CdIo_t *p_cdio, /*out*/
+					      cdio_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+
+  /*!
+    Stop playing an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_stop (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_AUDIO_H__ */

include/cdio/bytesex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+    $Id: bytesex.h,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file bytesex.h 
+ *  \brief  Generic Byte-swapping routines.
+ *
+ *   Note: this header will is slated to get removed and libcdio will
+ *   use glib.h routines instead.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_BYTESEX_H__
+#define __CDIO_BYTESEX_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/bytesex_asm.h>
+#include <cdio/logging.h>
+
+/** 16-bit big-endian to little-endian */
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE_C(val) ((uint16_t) ( \
+    (((uint16_t) (val) & (uint16_t) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \
+    (((uint16_t) (val) & (uint16_t) 0xff00U) >> 8)))
+
+/** 32-bit big-endian to little-endian */
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE_C(val) ((uint32_t) ( \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0x0000ff00U) <<  8) | \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0x00ff0000U) >>  8) | \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0xff000000U) >> 24)))
+
+/** 64-bit big-endian to little-endian */
+#define UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE_C(val) ((uint64_t) ( \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x00000000ff000000)) <<  8) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x000000ff00000000)) >>  8) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56)))
+
+#ifndef UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE
+# define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE_C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE
+# define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE_C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE
+# define UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE_C
+#endif
+
+inline static 
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be (const uint16_t val)
+{
+  return UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE (val);
+}
+
+inline static 
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be (const uint32_t val)
+{
+  return UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE (val);
+}
+
+inline static 
+uint64_t uint64_swap_le_be (const uint64_t val)
+{
+  return UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE (val);
+}
+
+# define UINT8_TO_BE(val)      ((uint8_t) (val))
+# define UINT8_TO_LE(val)      ((uint8_t) (val))
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define UINT16_TO_BE(val)     ((uint16_t) (val))
+# define UINT16_TO_LE(val)     ((uint16_t) UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+
+# define UINT32_TO_BE(val)     ((uint32_t) (val))
+# define UINT32_TO_LE(val)     ((uint32_t) UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+
+# define UINT64_TO_BE(val)     ((uint64_t) (val))
+# define UINT64_TO_LE(val)     ((uint64_t) UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+#else
+# define UINT16_TO_BE(val)     ((uint16_t) UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+# define UINT16_TO_LE(val)     ((uint16_t) (val))
+
+# define UINT32_TO_BE(val)     ((uint32_t) UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+# define UINT32_TO_LE(val)     ((uint32_t) (val))
+
+# define UINT64_TO_BE(val)     ((uint64_t) UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+# define UINT64_TO_LE(val)     ((uint64_t) (val))
+#endif
+
+/** symmetric conversions */
+#define UINT8_FROM_BE(val)     (UINT8_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT8_FROM_LE(val)     (UINT8_TO_LE (val))
+#define UINT16_FROM_BE(val)    (UINT16_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT16_FROM_LE(val)    (UINT16_TO_LE (val))
+#define UINT32_FROM_BE(val)    (UINT32_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT32_FROM_LE(val)    (UINT32_TO_LE (val))
+#define UINT64_FROM_BE(val)    (UINT64_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT64_FROM_LE(val)    (UINT64_TO_LE (val))
+
+/** converter function template */
+#define CVT_TO_FUNC(bits) \
+ static inline uint ## bits ## _t \
+ uint ## bits ## _to_be (uint ## bits ## _t val) \
+ { return UINT ## bits ## _TO_BE (val); } \
+ static inline uint ## bits ## _t \
+ uint ## bits ## _to_le (uint ## bits ## _t val) \
+ { return UINT ## bits ## _TO_LE (val); } \
+
+CVT_TO_FUNC(8)
+CVT_TO_FUNC(16)
+CVT_TO_FUNC(32)
+CVT_TO_FUNC(64)
+
+#undef CVT_TO_FUNC
+
+#define uint8_from_be(val)     (uint8_to_be (val))
+#define uint8_from_le(val)     (uint8_to_le (val))
+#define uint16_from_be(val)    (uint16_to_be (val))
+#define uint16_from_le(val)    (uint16_to_le (val))
+#define uint32_from_be(val)    (uint32_to_be (val))
+#define uint32_from_le(val)    (uint32_to_le (val))
+#define uint64_from_be(val)    (uint64_to_be (val))
+#define uint64_from_le(val)    (uint64_to_le (val))
+
+/** ISO9660-related field conversion routines */
+
+/** Convert from uint8_t to ISO 9660 7.1.1 format */
+#define to_711(i)   uint8_to_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.1.1 format to uint8_t */
+#define from_711(i) uint8_from_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.2.1 format */
+#define to_721(i)   uint16_to_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.2.1 format to uint16_t */
+#define from_721(i) uint16_from_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.2.2 format */
+#define to_722(i)   uint16_to_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.2.2 format to uint16_t */
+#define from_722(i) uint16_from_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.2.3 format */
+static inline uint32_t
+to_723(uint16_t i)
+{
+  return uint32_swap_le_be(i) | i;
+}
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.2.3 format to uint16_t */
+static inline uint16_t 
+from_723 (uint32_t p)
+{
+  if (uint32_swap_le_be (p) != p)
+    cdio_warn ("from_723: broken byte order");
+
+  return (0xFFFF & p);
+}
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.3.1 format */
+#define to_731(i)   uint32_to_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.3.1 format to uint32_t */
+#define from_731(i) uint32_from_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint32_t to ISO 9669 7.3.2 format */
+#define to_732(i)   uint32_to_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.3.2 format to uint32_t */
+#define from_732(i) uint32_from_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.3.3 format */
+static inline uint64_t
+to_733(uint32_t i)
+{
+  return uint64_swap_le_be(i) | i;
+}
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.3.3 format to uint32_t */
+static inline uint32_t 
+from_733 (uint64_t p)
+{
+  if (uint64_swap_le_be (p) != p)
+    cdio_warn ("from_733: broken byte order");
+    
+  return (UINT32_C(0xFFFFFFFF) & p);
+}
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_BYTESEX_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/bytesex_asm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+    $Id: bytesex_asm.h,v 1.3 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+                  2001, 2004, 2005 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+                  2001 Sven Ottemann <ac-logic@freenet.de>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file bytesex_asm.h 
+ *  \brief  Assembly code to handle byte-swapping.
+
+    Note: this header will is slated to get removed and libcdio will use 
+    glib.h routines instead. 
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_BYTESEX_ASM_H__
+#define __CDIO_BYTESEX_ASM_H__
+#if !defined(DISABLE_ASM_OPTIMIZE)
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#if defined(__powerpc__) && defined(__GNUC__)
+
+inline static
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be_asm(const uint32_t a)
+{
+  uint32_t b;
+
+  __asm__ ("lwbrx %0,0,%1"
+           :"=r"(b)
+           :"r"(&a), "m"(a));
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline static
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be_asm(const uint16_t a)
+{
+  uint32_t b;
+
+  __asm__ ("lhbrx %0,0,%1"
+           :"=r"(b)
+           :"r"(&a), "m"(a));
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE uint16_swap_le_be_asm
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE uint32_swap_le_be_asm
+
+#elif defined(__mc68000__) &&  defined(__STORMGCC__)
+
+inline static 
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be_asm(uint32_t a __asm__("d0"))
+{
+  /* __asm__("rolw #8,%0; swap %0; rolw #8,%0" : "=d" (val) : "0" (val)); */
+
+  __asm__("move.l %1,d0;rol.w #8,d0;swap d0;rol.w #8,d0;move.l d0,%0"
+          :"=r"(a)
+          :"r"(a));
+
+  return(a);
+}
+
+inline static
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be_asm(uint16_t a __asm__("d0"))
+{
+  __asm__("move.l %1,d0;rol.w #8,d0;move.l d0,%0"
+          :"=r"(a)
+          :"r"(a));
+  
+  return(a);
+}
+
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE uint16_swap_le_be_asm
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE uint32_swap_le_be_asm
+
+#elif 0 && defined(__i386__) && defined(__GNUC__)
+
+inline static 
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be_asm(uint32_t a)
+{
+  __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0\n\t"     /* swap lower bytes     */
+	  "rorl $16,%0\n\t"       /* swap words           */
+	  "xchgb %b0,%h0"         /* swap higher bytes    */
+	  :"=q" (a)
+	  : "0" (a));
+
+  return(a);
+}
+
+inline static
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be_asm(uint16_t a)
+{
+  __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0"         /* swap bytes           */ 
+	  : "=q" (a) 
+	  :  "0" (a));
+  
+  return(a);
+}
+
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE uint16_swap_le_be_asm
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE uint32_swap_le_be_asm
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(DISABLE_ASM_OPTIMIZE) */
+#endif /* __CDIO_BYTESEX_ASM_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/cd_types.h

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+    $Id: cd_types.h,v 1.18 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@cpan.org>
+    Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998  Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org>
+         and       Heiko Ei<45>feldt <heiko@hexco.de>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file cd_types.h 
+ *  \brief Header for routines which automatically determine the Compact Disc
+ *  format and possibly filesystem on the CD.
+ *         
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_CD_TYPES_H__
+#define __CDIO_CD_TYPES_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * Filesystem types we understand. The highest-numbered fs type should
+ *  be less than CDIO_FS_MASK defined below.
+ */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_FS_AUDIO                = 1, /**< audio only - not really a 
+                                         filesystem */
+    CDIO_FS_HIGH_SIERRA	         = 2, /**< High-Sierra Filesystem */
+    CDIO_FS_ISO_9660	         = 3, /**< ISO 9660 filesystem */
+    CDIO_FS_INTERACTIVE	         = 4,
+    CDIO_FS_HFS		         = 5, /**< file system used on the Macintosh 
+                                         system in MacOS 6 through MacOS 9
+                                         and deprecated in OSX. */
+    CDIO_FS_UFS		         = 6, /**< Generic Unix file system derived
+                                         from the Berkeley fast file 
+                                         system. */
+    
+    /**<
+     * EXT2 was the GNU/Linux native filesystem for early kernels. Newer
+     * GNU/Linux OS's may use EXT3 which is EXT2 with a journal. 
+     */
+    CDIO_FS_EXT2		 = 7,
+
+    CDIO_FS_ISO_HFS              = 8,  /**< both HFS & ISO-9660 filesystem */
+    CDIO_FS_ISO_9660_INTERACTIVE = 9,  /**< both CD-RTOS and ISO filesystem */
+
+
+    /**<
+     * The 3DO is, technically, a set of specifications created by the 3DO
+     * company.  These specs are for making a 3DO Interactive Multiplayer
+     * which uses a CD-player. Panasonic in the early 90's was the first
+     * company to manufacture and market a 3DO player. 
+     */
+    CDIO_FS_3DO		        = 10,
+
+
+    /**<
+       Microsoft X-BOX CD.
+    */
+    CDIO_FS_XISO 		= 11,
+    CDIO_FS_UDFX 		= 12,
+    CDIO_FS_UDF 		= 13,
+    CDIO_FS_ISO_UDF             = 14
+  } cdio_fs_t;
+
+
+/** 
+ * Macro to extract just the FS type portion defined above 
+*/
+#define CDIO_FSTYPE(fs) (fs & CDIO_FS_MASK)
+
+/**
+ *  Bit masks for the classes of CD-images. These are generally
+ *  higher-level than the fs-type information above and may be determined
+ *  based of the fs type information. This 
+ */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_FS_MASK	      =	  0x000f, /**< Note: this should be 2**n-1 and
+                                               and greater than the highest 
+                                               CDIO_FS number above */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_XA           =	  0x00010, /**< eXtended Architecture format */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_MULTISESSION =   0x00020, /**< CD has multisesion */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_PHOTO_CD     =	  0x00040, /**< Is a Kodak Photo CD */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_HIDDEN_TRACK =   0x00080, /**< Hidden track at the 
+                                               beginning of the CD */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_CDTV         =	  0x00100,
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_BOOTABLE     =   0x00200, /**< CD is bootable */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_VIDEOCD      =   0x00400, /**< VCD 1.1 */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_ROCKRIDGE    =   0x00800, /**< Has Rock Ridge Extensions to
+                                               ISO 9660, */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_JOLIET       =   0x01000, /**< Microsoft Joliet extensions 
+                                                to ISO 9660, */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_SVCD         =   0x02000, /**< Super VCD or Choiji Video CD */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_CVD          =   0x04000, /**< Choiji Video CD */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_XISO         =   0x08000, /**< XBOX CD */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_ISO9660_ANY  =   0x10000, /**< Any sort fo ISO9660 FS */
+    CDIO_FS_ANAL_VCD_ANY      =   (CDIO_FS_ANAL_VIDEOCD|CDIO_FS_ANAL_SVCD|
+                                   CDIO_FS_ANAL_CVD),
+    CDIO_FS_MATCH_ALL         =  ~CDIO_FS_MASK /**< bitmask which can
+                                                 be used by
+                                                 cdio_get_devices to
+                                                 specify matching any
+                                                 sort of CD. */
+  } cdio_fs_cap_t;
+    
+
+#define CDIO_FS_UNKNOWN	            CDIO_FS_MASK
+
+/**
+ * 
+ */
+#define CDIO_FS_MATCH_ALL            (cdio_fs_anal_t) (~CDIO_FS_MASK)
+
+
+/*!
+  \brief The type used to return analysis information from
+  cdio_guess_cd_type. 
+
+  These fields make sense only for when an ISO-9660 filesystem is used.
+ */
+typedef struct 
+{
+  unsigned int  joliet_level;  /**< If has Joliet extensions, this is the
+                                  associated level number (i.e. 1, 2, or 3). */
+  char          iso_label[33]; /**< This is 32 + 1 for null byte at the end in 
+				    formatting the string */
+  unsigned int  isofs_size;
+  uint8_t       UDFVerMinor;   /**< For UDF filesystems only */
+  uint8_t       UDFVerMajor;   /**< For UDF filesystems only */
+} cdio_iso_analysis_t;
+
+/**
+ *  Try to determine what kind of CD-image and/or filesystem we
+ *  have at track track_num. Return information about the CD image
+ *  is returned in iso_analysis and the return value.
+ */
+cdio_fs_anal_t cdio_guess_cd_type(const CdIo_t *cdio, int start_session, 
+				  track_t track_num, 
+				  /*out*/ cdio_iso_analysis_t *iso_analysis);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions.
+*/
+extern cdio_fs_cap_t debug_cdio_fs_cap;
+extern cdio_fs_t     debug_cdio_fs;
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_CD_TYPES_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/cdda.h

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+  $Id: cdda.h,v 1.30 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+  Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 2001 Xiph.org and Heiko Eissfeldt heiko@escape.colossus.de
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file cdda.h
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level interface header for libcdio_cdda.
+ *  Applications include this for paranoia access.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _CDDA_INTERFACE_H_
+#define _CDDA_INTERFACE_H_
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /** cdrom_paranoia is an opaque structure which is used in all of the
+      library operations.
+  */
+  typedef struct cdrom_paranoia_s cdrom_paranoia_t;
+  typedef struct cdrom_drive_s   cdrom_drive_t;
+  
+  /** For compatibility. cdrom_drive_t is deprecated, use cdrom_drive_t
+      instead. */
+
+  /**
+     Flags for simulating jitter used in testing.
+
+     The enumeration type one probably wouldn't really use in a program.
+     It is here instead of defines to give symbolic names that can be
+     helpful in debuggers where wants just to say refer to
+     CDDA_TEST_JITTER_SMALL and get the correct value.
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDDA_MESSAGE_FORGETIT = 0,
+    CDDA_MESSAGE_PRINTIT  = 1,
+    CDDA_MESSAGE_LOGIT    = 2,
+    CD_FRAMESAMPLES       = CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW / 4,
+    MAXTRK                = (CDIO_CD_MAX_TRACKS+1)
+  } paranoia_cdda_enums_t;
+  
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/** We keep MAXTRK since this header is exposed publicly and other
+   programs may have used this.
+*/
+#define MAXTRK (CDIO_CD_MAX_TRACKS+1)
+
+/** \brief Structure for cdparanoia's CD Table of Contents */
+typedef struct TOC_s {	
+  unsigned char bTrack;
+  int32_t       dwStartSector;
+} TOC_t;
+
+/** For compatibility. TOC is deprecated, use TOC_t instead. */
+#define TOC TOC_t
+
+/** \brief Structure for cdparanoia's CD-ROM access */
+struct cdrom_drive_s {
+
+  CdIo_t *p_cdio;
+  int opened; /**< This struct may just represent a candidate for opening */
+
+  char *cdda_device_name;
+
+  char *drive_model;
+  int drive_type;
+  int bigendianp; /**< Whether data returned on the CDDA is bigendian or
+		       not. 1 if big endian, 0 if little endian and -1 if
+		       we don't know.
+		   */
+  int nsectors;   /**< Number of sectors use in reading. Multiply by 
+		   CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW to get number of bytes used in
+		  the read buffer. */
+
+  int cd_extra;   /**< -1 if we can't get multisession info, 0 if
+                       there is one session only or the multi-session
+                       LBA is less than or 100 (don't ask me why -- I
+                       don't know), and 1 if the multi-session lba is
+                       greater than 100. */
+
+  bool b_swap_bytes;  /**< Swap bytes if Endian-ness of drive
+			   mismatches the endian-ness of the
+			   computer? */
+  track_t tracks;
+  TOC_t disc_toc[MAXTRK]; /**< info here starts origin 0 rather than the
+			     first track number (usually 1). So to take 
+			     a track number and use it here, subtract
+			     off cdio_get_first_track_num() beforehand.
+			   */
+  lsn_t audio_first_sector;
+  lsn_t audio_last_sector;
+
+  int errordest;
+  int messagedest;
+  char *errorbuf;
+  char *messagebuf;
+
+  /* functions specific to particular drives/interfaces */
+
+  int  (*enable_cdda)  (cdrom_drive_t *d, int onoff);
+  int  (*read_toc)     (cdrom_drive_t *d);
+  long (*read_audio)   (cdrom_drive_t *d, void *p, lsn_t begin, 
+		       long sectors);
+  int  (*set_speed)    (cdrom_drive_t *d, int speed);
+  int error_retry;
+  int report_all;
+
+  int is_atapi;
+  int is_mmc;
+
+  int i_test_flags; /**< Normally set 0. But if we are testing
+		       paranoia operation this can be set to one of
+		       the flag masks to simulate a particular kind of
+		       failure.    */
+
+};
+
+
+  /**
+     Flags for simulating jitter used in testing.
+
+     The enumeration type one probably wouldn't really use in a program.
+     It is here instead of defines to give symbolic names that can be
+     helpful in debuggers where wants just to say refer to
+     CDDA_TEST_JITTER_SMALL and get the correct value.
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDDA_TEST_JITTER_SMALL   = 1,
+    CDDA_TEST_JITTER_LARGE   = 2,
+    CDDA_TEST_JITTER_MASSIVE = 3,
+    CDDA_TEST_FRAG_SMALL     = (1<<3),
+    CDDA_TEST_FRAG_LARGE     = (2<<3),
+    CDDA_TEST_FRAG_MASSIVE   = (3<<3),
+    CDDA_TEST_UNDERRUN       = 64 
+  } paranoia_jitter_t;
+  
+/** jitter testing. The first two bits are set to determine the
+     byte-distance we will jitter the data; 0 is no shifting.
+ */
+
+/**< jitter testing. Set the below bit to always cause jittering on reads.
+     The below bit only has any effect if the first two (above) bits are 
+     nonzero. If the above bits are set, but the below bit isn't we'll
+     jitter 90% of the time.
+  */
+#define CDDA_TEST_ALWAYS_JITTER     4 
+
+/** fragment testing */
+#define CDDA_TEST_FRAG_SMALL   (1<<3)
+#define CDDA_TEST_FRAG_LARGE   (2<<3)
+#define CDDA_TEST_FRAG_MASSIVE (3<<3)
+
+/**< under-run testing. The below bit is set for testing.  */
+#define CDDA_TEST_UNDERRUN         64 
+
+#if TESTING_IS_FINISHED
+
+ /** scratch testing */
+#define CDDA_TEST_SCRATCH         128
+#undef  CDDA_TEST_BOGUS_BYTES     256
+#undef  CDDA_TEST_DROPDUPE_BYTES  512
+#endif /* TESTING_IS_FINISHED */
+
+/** autosense functions */
+
+/** Get a CD-ROM drive with a CD-DA in it. 
+    If mesagedest is 1, then any messages in the process will be stored 
+    in message.
+*/
+extern cdrom_drive_t *cdio_cddap_find_a_cdrom(int messagedest, 
+					      char **ppsz_message);
+
+/** Returns a paranoia CD-ROM drive object with a CD-DA in it or NULL
+    if there was an error.
+    @see cdio_cddap_identify_cdio
+ */
+extern cdrom_drive_t *cdio_cddap_identify(const char *psz_device, 
+					  int messagedest, 
+					  char **ppsz_message);
+
+/** Returns a paranoia CD-ROM drive object with a CD-DA in it or NULL
+    if there was an error.  In contrast to cdio_cddap_identify, we
+    start out with an initialized p_cdio object. For example you may
+    have used that for other purposes such as to get CDDB/CD-Text
+    information.  @see cdio_cddap_identify
+ */
+cdrom_drive_t *cdio_cddap_identify_cdio(CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					int messagedest, char **ppsz_messages);
+
+/** drive-oriented functions */
+
+extern int     cdio_cddap_speed_set(cdrom_drive_t *d, int speed);
+extern void    cdio_cddap_verbose_set(cdrom_drive_t *d, int err_action, 
+				      int mes_action);
+extern char   *cdio_cddap_messages(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+extern char   *cdio_cddap_errors(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+/*!
+  Closes d and releases all storage associated with it except
+  the internal p_cdio pointer. 
+
+  @param d cdrom_drive_t object to be closed.
+  @return 0 if passed a null pointer and 1 if not in which case
+  some work was probably done.
+
+  @see cdio_cddap_close
+*/
+bool cdio_cddap_close_no_free_cdio(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+/*!
+  Closes d and releases all storage associated with it.
+  Doubles as "cdrom_drive_free()". 
+
+  @param d cdrom_drive_t object to be closed.
+  @return 0 if passed a null pointer and 1 if not in which case
+  some work was probably done.
+
+  @see cdio_cddap_close_no_free_cdio
+*/
+extern int     cdio_cddap_close(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+extern int     cdio_cddap_open(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+extern long    cdio_cddap_read(cdrom_drive_t *d, void *p_buffer,
+			       lsn_t beginsector, long sectors);
+
+/*! Return the lsn for the start of track i_track */
+extern lsn_t   cdio_cddap_track_firstsector(cdrom_drive_t *d, 
+				      track_t i_track);
+
+/*! Get last lsn of the track. This generally one less than the start
+  of the next track. -1 is returned on error. */
+extern lsn_t   cdio_cddap_track_lastsector(cdrom_drive_t *d, track_t i_track);
+
+/*! Return the number of tracks on the CD. */
+extern track_t cdio_cddap_tracks(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+/*! Return the track containing the given LSN. If the LSN is before
+    the first track (in the pregap), 0 is returned. If there was an
+    error or the LSN after the LEADOUT (beyond the end of the CD), then
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned.
+ */
+extern int     cdio_cddap_sector_gettrack(cdrom_drive_t *d, lsn_t lsn);
+
+/*! Return the number of channels in track: 2 or 4; -2 if not
+  implemented or -1 for error.
+  Not meaningful if track is not an audio track.
+*/
+extern int     cdio_cddap_track_channels(cdrom_drive_t *d, track_t i_track);
+
+/*! Return 1 is track is an audio track, 0 otherwise. */
+extern int     cdio_cddap_track_audiop(cdrom_drive_t *d, track_t i_track);
+
+/*! Return 1 is track has copy permit set, 0 otherwise. */
+extern int     cdio_cddap_track_copyp(cdrom_drive_t *d, track_t i_track);
+
+/*! Return 1 is audio track has linear preemphasis set, 0 otherwise. 
+    Only makes sense for audio tracks.
+ */
+extern int     cdio_cddap_track_preemp(cdrom_drive_t *d, track_t i_track);
+
+/*! Get first lsn of the first audio track. -1 is returned on error. */
+extern lsn_t   cdio_cddap_disc_firstsector(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+/*! Get last lsn of the last audio track. The last lsn is generally one
+  less than the start of the next track after the audio track. -1 is
+  returned on error. */
+extern lsn_t   cdio_cddap_disc_lastsector(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+/*! Determine Endian-ness of the CD-drive based on reading data from
+  it. Some drives return audio data Big Endian while some (most)
+  return data Little Endian. Drives known to return data bigendian are
+  SCSI drives from Kodak, Ricoh, HP, Philips, Plasmon, Grundig
+  CDR100IPW, and Mitsumi CD-R. ATAPI and MMC drives are little endian.
+
+  rocky: As someone who didn't write the code, I have to say this is
+  nothing less than brilliant. An FFT is done both ways and the the
+  transform is looked at to see which has data in the FFT (or audible)
+  portion. (Or so that's how I understand it.)
+
+  @return 1 if big-endian, 0 if little-endian, -1 if we couldn't
+  figure things out or some error.
+ */
+extern int data_bigendianp(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+
+/** transport errors: */
+
+typedef enum {
+  TR_OK =            0,
+  TR_EWRITE =        1  /**< Error writing packet command (transport) */,
+  TR_EREAD =         2  /**< Error reading packet data (transport) */,
+  TR_UNDERRUN =      3  /**< Read underrun */,
+  TR_OVERRUN =       4  /**< Read overrun */,
+  TR_ILLEGAL =       5  /**< Illegal/rejected request */,
+  TR_MEDIUM =        6  /**< Medium error */,
+  TR_BUSY =          7  /**< Device busy */,
+  TR_NOTREADY =      8  /**< Device not ready */,
+  TR_FAULT =         9  /**< Device failure */,
+  TR_UNKNOWN =      10  /**< Unspecified error */,
+  TR_STREAMING =    11  /**< loss of streaming */,
+} transport_error_t;
+  
+
+#ifdef NEED_STRERROR_TR
+const char *strerror_tr[]={
+  "Success",
+  "Error writing packet command to device",
+  "Error reading command from device",
+  "SCSI packet data underrun (too little data)",
+  "SCSI packet data overrun (too much data)",
+  "Illegal SCSI request (rejected by target)",
+  "Medium reading data from medium",
+  "Device busy",
+  "Device not ready",
+  "Target hardware fault",
+  "Unspecified error",
+  "Drive lost streaming"
+};
+#endif /*NEED_STERROR_TR*/
+
+/** Errors returned by lib: 
+
+\verbatim 
+001: Unable to set CDROM to read audio mode
+002: Unable to read table of contents lead-out
+003: CDROM reporting illegal number of tracks
+004: Unable to read table of contents header
+005: Unable to read table of contents entry
+006: Could not read any data from drive
+007: Unknown, unrecoverable error reading data
+008: Unable to identify CDROM model
+009: CDROM reporting illegal table of contents
+010: Unaddressable sector 
+
+100: Interface not supported
+101: Drive is neither a CDROM nor a WORM device
+102: Permision denied on cdrom (ioctl) device
+103: Permision denied on cdrom (data) device
+
+300: Kernel memory error
+
+400: Device not open
+401: Invalid track number
+402: Track not audio data
+403: No audio tracks on disc
+\endverbatim
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY
+/** For compatibility with good ol' paranoia */
+#define cdda_find_a_cdrom       cdio_cddap_find_a_cdrom
+#define cdda_identify           cdio_cddap_identify
+#define cdda_speed_set          cdio_cddap_speed_set
+#define cdda_verbose_set        cdio_cddap_verbose_set
+#define cdda_messages           cdio_cddap_messages
+#define cdda_errors             cdio_cddap_errors
+#define cdda_close              cdio_cddap_close
+#define cdda_open               cdio_cddap_open
+#define cdda_read               cdio_cddap_read
+#define cdda_track_firstsector  cdio_cddap_track_firstsector 
+#define cdda_track_lastsector   cdio_cddap_track_lastsector 
+#define cdda_tracks             cdio_cddap_tracks 
+#define cdda_sector_gettrack    cdio_cddap_sector_gettrack  
+#define cdda_track_channels     cdio_cddap_track_channels
+#define cdda_track_audiop       cdio_cddap_track_audiop
+#define cdda_track_copyp        cdio_cddap_track_copyp
+#define cdda_track_preemp       cdio_cddap_track_preemp
+#define cdda_disc_firstsector   cdio_cddap_disc_firstsector
+#define cdda_disc_lastsector    cdio_cddap_disc_lastsector
+#define cdrom_drive             cdrom_drive_t
+
+#endif /*DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions
+*/
+
+extern paranoia_jitter_t     debug_paranoia_jitter;
+extern paranoia_cdda_enums_t debug_paranoia_cdda_enums;
+
+#endif /*_CDDA_INTERFACE_H_*/
+

include/cdio/cdio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+    $Id: cdio.h,v 1.82 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2001 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file cdio.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for libcdio: the CD Input and Control
+ *  library. Applications include this for anything regarding libcdio.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_H__
+#define __CDIO_H__
+
+/** Application Interface or Protocol version number. If the public
+ *  interface changes, we increase this number.
+ */
+#define CDIO_API_VERSION 5
+
+#include <cdio/version.h>
+
+#ifdef  HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef  HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/sector.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* For compatibility. */
+#define CdIo CdIo_t
+    
+  /** This is an opaque structure for the CD object. */
+  typedef struct _CdIo CdIo_t; 
+
+  /** This is an opaque structure for the CD-Text object. */
+  typedef struct cdtext cdtext_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* Drive(r)/Device-related functions. Perhaps we should break out 
+   Driver from device?
+*/
+#include <cdio/device.h>
+
+/* Disc-related functions. */
+#include <cdio/disc.h>
+
+/* Sector (frame, or block)-related functions. Uses driver_return_code_t
+   from <cdio/device.h> so it should come after that. 
+*/
+#include <cdio/read.h>
+
+/* CD-Text-related functions. */
+#include <cdio/cdtext.h>
+
+/* Track-related functions. */
+#include <cdio/track.h>
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_H__ */

include/cdio/cdtext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*
+    $Id: cdtext.h,v 1.14 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    adapted from cuetools
+    Copyright (C) 2003 Svend Sanjay Sorensen <ssorensen@fastmail.fm>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+ * \file cdtext.h 
+ *
+ * \brief The top-level header for CD-Text information. Applications
+ *  include this for CD-Text access.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_CDTEXT_H__
+#define __CDIO_CDTEXT_H__
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#define MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS 13
+#define MIN_CDTEXT_FIELD  0
+  
+  /*! \brief structure for holding CD-Text information
+
+  @see cdtext_init, cdtext_destroy, cdtext_get, and cdtext_set.
+  */
+  struct cdtext {
+    char *field[MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS];
+  };
+  
+  /*! \brief A list of all of the CD-Text fields. Because
+    the interval has no gaps, we can use ++ to iterate over fields.
+   */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDTEXT_ARRANGER   =  0,   /**< name(s) of the arranger(s) */
+    CDTEXT_COMPOSER   =  1,   /**< name(s) of the composer(s) */
+    CDTEXT_DISCID     =  2,   /**< disc identification information */
+    CDTEXT_GENRE      =  3,   /**< genre identification and genre information */
+    CDTEXT_MESSAGE    =  4,   /**< ISRC code of each track */
+    CDTEXT_ISRC       =  5,   /**< message(s) from the content provider or artist */
+    CDTEXT_PERFORMER  =  6,   /**< name(s) of the performer(s) */
+    CDTEXT_SIZE_INFO  =  7,   /**< size information of the block */
+    CDTEXT_SONGWRITER =  8,   /**< name(s) of the songwriter(s) */
+    CDTEXT_TITLE      =  9,   /**< title of album name or track titles */
+    CDTEXT_TOC_INFO   = 10,   /**< table of contents information */
+    CDTEXT_TOC_INFO2  = 11,   /**< second table of contents information */
+    CDTEXT_UPC_EAN    = 12,
+    CDTEXT_INVALID    = MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS
+  } cdtext_field_t;
+
+  /*! Return string representation of the enum values above */
+  const char *cdtext_field2str (cdtext_field_t i);
+  
+  /*! Initialize a new cdtext structure.
+    When the structure is no longer needed, release the 
+    resources using cdtext_delete.
+  */
+  void cdtext_init (cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+  /*! Free memory assocated with cdtext*/
+  void cdtext_destroy (cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+  /*! returns an allocated string associated with the given field.  NULL is
+    returned if key is CDTEXT_INVALID or the field is not set.
+
+    The user needs to free the string when done with it.
+
+    @see cdio_get_const to retrieve a constant string that doesn't
+    have to be freed.
+  */
+  char *cdtext_get (cdtext_field_t key, const cdtext_t *cdtext);
+
+  /*! returns a const string associated with the given field.  NULL is
+    returned if key is CDTEXT_INVALID or the field is not set.
+
+    Don't use the string when the cdtext object (i.e. the CdIo_t object
+    you got it from) is no longer valid.
+
+    @see cdio_get to retrieve an allocated string that persists past
+    the cdtext object.
+  */
+  const char *cdtext_get_const (cdtext_field_t key, const cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+  /*!
+    returns enum of keyword if key is a CD-Text keyword, 
+    returns MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS non-zero otherwise.
+  */
+  cdtext_field_t cdtext_is_keyword (const char *key);
+  
+  /*! 
+    sets cdtext's keyword entry to field 
+  */
+  void cdtext_set (cdtext_field_t key, const char *value, cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_CDTEXT_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/device.h

@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+    $Id: device.h,v 1.39 2008/03/28 01:28:50 rocky Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file device.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief C header for driver- or device-related libcdio
+ *          calls.  ("device" includes CD-image reading devices).
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_DEVICE_H__
+#define __CDIO_DEVICE_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! The type of an drive capability bit mask. See below for values*/
+  typedef uint32_t cdio_drive_read_cap_t;
+  typedef uint32_t cdio_drive_write_cap_t;
+  typedef uint32_t cdio_drive_misc_cap_t;
+  
+  /*!
+    \brief Drive capability bits returned by cdio_get_drive_cap()
+    NOTE: Setting a bit here means the presence of a capability.
+  */ 
+
+  /** Miscellaneous capabilities. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_ERROR             = 0x40000, /**< Error */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_UNKNOWN           = 0x80000, /**< Dunno. It can be on if we
+					        have only partial information 
+                                                or are not completely certain
+						*/
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_CLOSE_TRAY   = 0x00001, /**< caddy systems can't 
+                                                     close... */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_EJECT        = 0x00002, /**< but can eject.  */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_LOCK	     = 0x00004, /**< disable manual eject */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_SELECT_SPEED = 0x00008, /**< programmable speed */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_SELECT_DISC  = 0x00010, /**< select disc from 
+                                                      juke-box */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_MULTI_SESSION= 0x00020, /**< read sessions>1 */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_MEDIA_CHANGED= 0x00080, /**< media changed */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_RESET        = 0x00100, /**< hard reset device */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_MISC_FILE         = 0x20000 /**< drive is really a file,
+						  i.e a CD file image */
+  } cdio_drive_cap_misc_t;
+
+  /*! Reading masks.. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_AUDIO        = 0x00001, /**< drive can play CD audio */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_CD_DA        = 0x00002, /**< drive can read CD-DA */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_CD_G         = 0x00004, /**< drive can read CD+G  */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_CD_R         = 0x00008, /**< drive can read CD-R  */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_CD_RW        = 0x00010, /**< drive can read CD-RW */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_DVD_R        = 0x00020, /**< drive can read DVD-R */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_DVD_PR       = 0x00040, /**< drive can read DVD+R */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_DVD_RAM      = 0x00080, /**< drive can read DVD-RAM */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_DVD_ROM      = 0x00100, /**< drive can read DVD-ROM */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_DVD_RW       = 0x00200, /**< drive can read DVD-RW  */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_DVD_RPW      = 0x00400, /**< drive can read DVD+RW  */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_C2_ERRS      = 0x00800, /**< has C2 error correction */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_MODE2_FORM1  = 0x01000, /**< can read mode 2 form 1 */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_MODE2_FORM2  = 0x02000, /**< can read mode 2 form 2 */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_MCN          = 0x04000, /**< can read MCN      */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_READ_ISRC         = 0x08000 /**< can read ISRC     */
+  } cdio_drive_cap_read_t;
+
+  /*! Writing masks.. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_CD_R        = 0x00001, /**< drive can write CD-R */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_CD_RW       = 0x00002, /**< drive can write CD-RW */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_R       = 0x00004, /**< drive can write DVD-R */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_PR      = 0x00008, /**< drive can write DVD+R */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_RAM     = 0x00010, /**< drive can write DVD-RAM */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_RW      = 0x00020, /**< drive can write DVD-RW */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_RPW     = 0x00040, /**< drive can write DVD+RW */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_MT_RAINIER  = 0x00080, /**< Mount Rainier           */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_BURN_PROOF  = 0x00100, /**< burn proof */
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_CD =
+    (CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_CD_R | CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_CD_RW),
+    /**< Has some sort of CD writer ability */
+
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD = 
+    (CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_R | CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_PR 
+     | CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_RAM | CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_RW 
+     | CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD_RPW ),
+    /**< Has some sort of DVD writer ability */
+
+    CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE = 
+    (CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_CD | CDIO_DRIVE_CAP_WRITE_DVD)
+    /**< Has some sort of DVD or CD writing ability */
+  } cdio_drive_cap_write_t;
+    
+/*! Size of fields returned by an INQUIRY command */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_HW_VENDOR_LEN   =  8, /**< length of vendor field */
+    CDIO_MMC_HW_MODEL_LEN    = 16, /**< length of model field */
+    CDIO_MMC_HW_REVISION_LEN =  4  /**< length of revision field */
+  } cdio_mmc_hw_len_t;
+    
+
+  /*! \brief Structure to return CD vendor, model, and revision-level
+      strings obtained via the INQUIRY command  */
+  typedef struct cdio_hwinfo 
+  {
+    char psz_vendor  [CDIO_MMC_HW_VENDOR_LEN+1];
+    char psz_model   [CDIO_MMC_HW_MODEL_LEN+1];
+    char psz_revision[CDIO_MMC_HW_REVISION_LEN+1];
+  } cdio_hwinfo_t;
+
+
+  /** Flags specifying the category of device to open or is opened. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_SRC_IS_DISK_IMAGE_MASK = 0x0001, /**< Read source is a CD image. */
+    CDIO_SRC_IS_DEVICE_MASK     = 0x0002, /**< Read source is a CD device. */
+    CDIO_SRC_IS_SCSI_MASK       = 0x0004, /**< Read source SCSI device. */
+    CDIO_SRC_IS_NATIVE_MASK     = 0x0008
+  } cdio_src_category_mask_t;
+    
+
+  /** The driver_id_t enumerations may be used to tag a specific driver
+   * that is opened or is desired to be opened. Note that this is
+   * different than what is available on a given host.
+   *
+   * Order is a little significant since the order is used in scans.
+   * Also the enumeration values are assumed not to leave any holes so 
+   * we can use ++ to iterate over values. 
+   * We have to start with DRIVER_UNKNOWN and devices should come before
+   * disk-image readers. By putting something towards the top (a lower
+   * enumeration number), in an iterative scan we prefer that to
+   * something with a higher enumeration number.
+   *
+   * NOTE: IF YOU MODIFY ENUM MAKE SURE INITIALIZATION IN CDIO.C AGREES.
+   *     
+   */
+  typedef enum  {
+    DRIVER_UNKNOWN, /**< Used as input when we don't care what kind 
+		         of driver to use. */
+    DRIVER_AIX,     /**< AIX driver */
+    DRIVER_BSDI,    /**< BSDI driver */
+    DRIVER_FREEBSD, /**< FreeBSD driver - includes CAM and ioctl access */
+    DRIVER_LINUX,   /**< GNU/Linux Driver */
+    DRIVER_SOLARIS, /**< Sun Solaris Driver */
+    DRIVER_OSX,     /**< Apple OSX Driver */
+    DRIVER_WIN32,   /**< Microsoft Windows Driver. Includes ASPI and 
+		         ioctl access. */
+    DRIVER_NETBSD,  /**< NetBSD Driver. */
+    DRIVER_CDRDAO,  /**< cdrdao format CD image. This is listed
+		         before BIN/CUE, to make the code prefer cdrdao
+		         over BIN/CUE when both exist. */
+    DRIVER_BINCUE,  /**< CDRWIN BIN/CUE format CD image. This is
+		         listed before NRG, to make the code prefer
+		         BIN/CUE over NRG when both exist. */
+    DRIVER_NRG,     /**< Nero NRG format CD image. */
+    DRIVER_DEVICE   /**< Is really a set of the above; should come last */
+  } driver_id_t;
+
+  /** There will generally be only one hardware for a given
+     build/platform from the list above. You can use the variable
+     below to determine which you've got. If the build doesn't make an
+     hardware driver, then the value will be DRIVER_UNKNOWN.
+  */
+  extern const driver_id_t cdio_os_driver;
+  
+
+/** Make sure what's listed for CDIO_MIN_DRIVER is the last
+    enumeration in driver_id_t. Since we have a bogus (but useful) 0th
+    entry above we don't have to add one.
+*/
+#define CDIO_MIN_DRIVER        DRIVER_AIX
+#define CDIO_MIN_DEVICE_DRIVER CDIO_MIN_DRIVER
+#define CDIO_MAX_DRIVER        DRIVER_NRG
+#define CDIO_MAX_DEVICE_DRIVER DRIVER_NETBSD
+
+  /** The following are status codes for completion of a given cdio
+     operation. By design 0 is successful completion and -1 is error
+     completion. This is compatable with ioctl so those routines that
+     call ioctl can just pass the value the get back (cast as this
+     enum). Also, by using negative numbers for errors, the
+     enumeration values below can be used in places where a positive
+     value is expected when things complete successfully. For example,
+     get_blocksize returns the blocksize, but on error uses the error
+     codes below. So note that this enumeration is often cast to an
+     integer.  C seems to tolerate this.
+  */
+  typedef enum  {
+    DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS = 0,       /**< in cases where an int is returned,
+				    like cdio_set_speed, more the negative
+				    return codes are for errors and the 
+				    positive ones for success. */
+    DRIVER_OP_ERROR = -1,        /**< operation returned an error */
+    DRIVER_OP_UNSUPPORTED = -2,  /**< returned when a particular driver
+				    doesn't support a particular operation.
+				    For example an image driver which doesn't
+				    really "eject" a CD.
+				 */
+    DRIVER_OP_UNINIT = -3,       /**< returned when a particular driver
+				    hasn't been initialized or a null
+				    pointer has been passed.
+				 */
+    DRIVER_OP_NOT_PERMITTED = -4, /**< Operation not permitted.
+				    For example might be a permission
+				    problem.
+				 */
+    DRIVER_OP_BAD_PARAMETER = -5, /**< Bad parameter passed  */
+    DRIVER_OP_BAD_POINTER =   -6, /**< Bad pointer to memory area  */
+    DRIVER_OP_NO_DRIVER  =    -7, /**< Operaton called on a driver
+				     not available on this OS  */
+  } driver_return_code_t;
+
+  /*!
+    Close media tray in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+    
+    @param psz_drive the name of CD-ROM to be closed. If NULL, we will
+    use the default device.
+    @param p_driver_id is the driver to be used or that got used if
+    it was DRIVER_UNKNOWN or DRIVER_DEVICE; If this is NULL, we won't
+    report back the driver used.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_close_tray (const char *psz_drive, 
+					/*in/out*/ driver_id_t *p_driver_id);
+
+  /*!
+    @param drc the return code you want interpreted.
+    @return the string information about drc
+  */
+  const char *cdio_driver_errmsg(driver_return_code_t drc);
+  
+  /*!
+    Eject media in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    If the CD is ejected *p_cdio is free'd and p_cdio set to NULL.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_eject_media (CdIo_t **p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Eject media in CD drive if there is a routine to do so. 
+
+    @param psz_drive the name of the device to be acted upon.
+    If NULL is given as the drive, we'll use the default driver device.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_eject_media_drive (const char *psz_drive);
+
+  /*!
+    Free device list returned by cdio_get_devices or
+    cdio_get_devices_with_cap.
+    
+    @param device_list list returned by cdio_get_devices or
+    cdio_get_devices_with_cap
+
+    @see cdio_get_devices, cdio_get_devices_with_cap
+
+  */
+  void cdio_free_device_list (char * device_list[]);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the default CD device.
+    if p_cdio is NULL (we haven't initialized a specific device driver), 
+    then find a suitable one and return the default device for that.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object queried
+    @return a string containing the default CD device or NULL is
+    if we couldn't get a default device.
+
+    In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+    there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+    NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+  */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Return a string containing the default CD device if none is specified.
+    if p_driver_id is DRIVER_UNKNOWN or DRIVER_DEVICE
+    then find a suitable one set the default device for that.
+    
+    NULL is returned if we couldn't get a default device.
+  */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_driver (/*in/out*/ driver_id_t *p_driver_id);
+
+  /*! Return an array of device names. If you want a specific
+    devices for a driver, give that device. If you want hardware
+    devices, give DRIVER_DEVICE and if you want all possible devices,
+    image drivers and hardware drivers give DRIVER_UNKNOWN.
+    
+    NULL is returned if we couldn't return a list of devices.
+
+    In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+    there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+    NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+  */
+  char ** cdio_get_devices (driver_id_t driver_id);
+
+  /*!
+    Get an array of device names in search_devices that have at least
+    the capabilities listed by the capabities parameter.  If
+    search_devices is NULL, then we'll search all possible CD drives.
+
+    Capabilities have two parts to them, a "filesystem" part and an
+    "analysis" part.
+
+    The filesystem part is mutually exclusive. For example either the
+    filesystem is at most one of the High-Sierra, UFS, or HFS, ISO9660,
+    fileystems. Valid combinations of say HFS and ISO9660 are
+    specified as a separate "filesystem".
+
+    Capabilities on the other hand are not mutually exclusive. For example
+    a filesystem may have none, either, or both of the XA or Rock-Ridge
+    extension properties.
+
+    If "b_any" is set false then every capability listed in the
+    analysis portion of capabilities (i.e. not the basic filesystem)
+    must be satisified. If no analysis capabilities are specified,
+    that's a match.
+
+    If "b_any" is set true, then if any of the analysis capabilities
+    matches, we call that a success. 
+
+    In either case, in the filesystem portion different filesystem
+    either specify 0 to match any filesystem or the specific
+    filesystem type.
+    
+    To find a CD-drive of any type, use the mask CDIO_FS_MATCH_ALL.
+
+    @return the array of device names or NULL if we couldn't get a
+    default device.  It is also possible to return a non NULL but
+    after dereferencing the the value is NULL. This also means nothing
+    was found.
+  */
+  char ** cdio_get_devices_with_cap (/*in*/ char *ppsz_search_devices[],
+				     cdio_fs_anal_t capabilities, bool b_any);
+
+  /*!
+    Like cdio_get_devices_with_cap but we return the driver we found
+    as well. This is because often one wants to search for kind of drive
+    and then *open* it afterwards. Giving the driver back facilitates this,
+    and speeds things up for libcdio as well.
+  */
+  char ** cdio_get_devices_with_cap_ret (/*in*/ char* ppsz_search_devices[],
+					 cdio_fs_anal_t capabilities, 
+					 bool b_any,
+					 /*out*/ driver_id_t *p_driver_id);
+
+  /*! Like cdio_get_devices, but we may change the p_driver_id if we
+      were given DRIVER_DEVICE or DRIVER_UNKNOWN. This is because
+      often one wants to get a drive name and then *open* it
+      afterwards. Giving the driver back facilitates this, and speeds
+      things up for libcdio as well.
+   */
+    
+  char ** cdio_get_devices_ret (/*in/out*/ driver_id_t *p_driver_id);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the what kind of device we've got.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object queried
+    @param p_read_cap pointer to return read capabilities
+    @param p_write_cap pointer to return write capabilities
+    @param p_misc_cap pointer to return miscellaneous other capabilities
+
+    In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+    there is no media in it. In this situation capabilities will show up as 
+    NULL even though there isa hardware CD-ROM.
+  */
+  void cdio_get_drive_cap (const CdIo_t *p_cdio,
+			   cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+			   cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+			   cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+  
+  /*!
+    Get the drive capabilities for a specified device.
+
+    Return a list of device capabilities.
+
+    In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+    there is no media in it. In this situation capabilities will show up as 
+    NULL even though there isa hardware CD-ROM.
+  */
+  void cdio_get_drive_cap_dev (const char *device,
+			       cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+			       cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+			       cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+
+  /*!
+    Get a string containing the name of the driver in use.
+
+    @return a string with driver name or NULL if CdIo_t is NULL (we
+    haven't initialized a specific device.
+  */
+  const char * cdio_get_driver_name (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the driver id. 
+    if CdIo_t is NULL (we haven't initialized a specific device driver), 
+    then return DRIVER_UNKNOWN.
+
+    @return the driver id..
+  */
+  driver_id_t cdio_get_driver_id (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*! 
+    Get the CD-ROM hardware info via a SCSI MMC INQUIRY command.
+    False is returned if we had an error getting the information.
+  */
+  bool cdio_get_hwinfo ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+			 /*out*/ cdio_hwinfo_t *p_hw_info );
+
+
+  /*! Get the LSN of the first track of the last session of
+    on the CD.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param i_last_session pointer to the session number to be returned.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_get_last_session (CdIo_t *p_cdio,
+					      /*out*/ lsn_t *i_last_session);
+
+  /*! 
+      Find out if media has changed since the last call.
+      @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+      @return 1 if media has changed since last call, 0 if not. Error
+      return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+   */
+  int cdio_get_media_changed(CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*! True if CD-ROM understand ATAPI commands. */
+  bool_3way_t cdio_have_atapi (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*! Like cdio_have_xxx but uses an enumeration instead. */
+  bool cdio_have_driver (driver_id_t driver_id);
+  
+  /*
+    Free any resources associated with p_cdio. Call this when done using p_cdio
+    and using CD reading/control operations.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to eliminated.
+   */
+  void cdio_destroy (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*! 
+    Get a string decribing driver_id. 
+
+    @param driver_id the driver you want the description for
+    @return a string of driver description
+  */
+  const char *cdio_driver_describe (driver_id_t driver_id);
+  
+  /*! Sets up to read from place specified by psz_source and
+     driver_id. This or cdio_open_* should be called before using any
+     other routine, except cdio_init or any routine that accesses the
+     CD-ROM drive by name. cdio_open will call cdio_init, if that hasn't
+     been done previously.
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device.  If NULL
+     is given as the source, we'll use the default driver device.
+  */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open (const char *psz_source, driver_id_t driver_id);
+
+  /*! Sets up to read from place specified by psz_source, driver_id
+     and access mode. This or cdio_open* should be called before using
+     any other routine, except cdio_init or any routine that accesses
+     the CD-ROM drive by name. This will call cdio_init, if that
+     hasn't been done previously.
+
+     If NULL is given as the source, we'll use the default driver device.
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device.
+  */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am (const char *psz_source, 
+			 driver_id_t driver_id, const char *psz_access_mode);
+
+  /*! Set up BIN/CUE CD disk-image for reading. Source is the .bin or 
+      .cue file
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_bincue (const char *psz_cue_name);
+  
+  /*! Set up BIN/CUE CD disk-image for reading. Source is the .bin or 
+      .cue file
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device..
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_bincue (const char *psz_cue_name, 
+				const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Set up cdrdao CD disk-image for reading. Source is the .toc file
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_cdrdao (const char *psz_toc_name);
+  
+  /*! Set up cdrdao CD disk-image for reading. Source is the .toc file
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device..
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_cdrdao (const char *psz_toc_name, 
+				const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Return a string containing the default CUE file that would
+      be used when none is specified.
+
+     @return the cdio object or NULL on error or no device.
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_bincue(void);
+
+  char **cdio_get_devices_bincue(void);
+
+  /*! @return string containing the default CUE file that would be
+      used when none is specified. NULL is returned on error or there
+      is no device.
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_cdrdao(void);
+
+  char **cdio_get_devices_cdrdao(void);
+
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no driver for a some sort of hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_cd (const char *device_name);
+
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no driver for a some sort of hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_cd (const char *psz_device,
+			    const char *psz_access_mode);
+
+  /*! CDRWIN BIN/CUE CD disc-image routines. Source is the .cue file
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_cue (const char *cue_name);
+
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the AIX driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no AIX driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_aix (const char *psz_source,
+			     const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the AIX driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no AIX driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_aix (const char *psz_source);
+  
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      BSDI driver would use when none is specified.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no AIX driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_aix(void);
+
+  /*! Return a list of all of the CD-ROM devices that the AIX driver
+      can find.
+
+      In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+      there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+      NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  char **cdio_get_devices_aix(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the BSDI driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @param psz_source the name of the device to open
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no BSDI driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_bsdi (const char *psz_source);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the BSDI driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no BSDI driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_bsdi (const char *psz_source,
+			      const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      BSDI driver would use when none is specified.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no BSDI driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_bsdi(void);
+
+  /*! Return a list of all of the CD-ROM devices that the BSDI driver
+      can find.
+
+      In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+      there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+      NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  char **cdio_get_devices_bsdi(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the FreeBSD driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no FreeBSD driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_freebsd (const char *paz_psz_source);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the FreeBSD driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no FreeBSD driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_freebsd (const char *psz_source,
+				 const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      FreeBSD driver would use when none is specified.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no CD-ROM device.
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_freebsd(void);
+
+  /*! Return a list of all of the CD-ROM devices that the FreeBSD driver
+      can find.
+   */
+  char **cdio_get_devices_freebsd(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the GNU/Linux driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no GNU/Linux driver.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_linux (const char *psz_source);
+
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the GNU/Linux driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no GNU/Linux driver.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_linux (const char *psz_source,
+			       const char *access_mode);
+
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      GNU/Linux driver would use when none is specified. A scan is made
+      for CD-ROM drives with CDs in them.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no CD-ROM device.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_linux(void);
+
+  /*! Return a list of all of the CD-ROM devices that the GNU/Linux driver
+      can find.
+   */
+  char **cdio_get_devices_linux(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Sun Solaris driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no Solaris driver.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_solaris (const char *psz_source);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Sun Solaris driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return the cdio object for subsequent operations. 
+     NULL on error or there is no Solaris driver.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_solaris (const char *psz_source, 
+				 const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      Solaris driver would use when none is specified. A scan is made
+      for CD-ROM drives with CDs in them.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no CD-ROM device.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_solaris(void);
+  
+  /*! Return a list of all of the CD-ROM devices that the Solaris driver
+      can find.
+   */
+  char **cdio_get_devices_solaris(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Apple OSX driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no OSX driver.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_osx (const char *psz_source);
+
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Apple OSX driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no OSX driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_osx (const char *psz_source,
+			     const char *psz_access_mode);
+
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      OSX driver would use when none is specified. A scan is made
+      for CD-ROM drives with CDs in them.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_osx(void);
+  
+  /*! Return a list of all of the CD-ROM devices that the OSX driver
+      can find.
+   */
+  char **cdio_get_devices_osx(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Microsoft Windows driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_win32 (const char *psz_source);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Microsoft Windows driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no Microsof Windows driver.
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_win32 (const char *psz_source,
+			       const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Return a string containing the default device name that the 
+      Win32 driver would use when none is specified. A scan is made
+      for CD-ROM drives with CDs in them.
+
+     In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+     there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+     NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_win32(void);
+
+  char **cdio_get_devices_win32(void);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Nero driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return true on success; NULL on error or there is no Nero driver. 
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_nrg (const char *psz_source);
+  
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the Nero driver. The
+      device_name is the some sort of device name.
+
+     @return true on success; NULL on error or there is no Nero driver. 
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_nrg (const char *psz_source,
+			     const char *psz_access_mode);
+  
+  /*! Get a string containing the default device name that the NRG
+      driver would use when none is specified. A scan is made for NRG
+      disk images in the current directory.
+
+      @return string containing the default device. NULL on error or
+      there is no CD-ROM device.
+   */
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_nrg(void);
+
+  char **cdio_get_devices_nrg(void);
+
+  /*! 
+
+    Determine if bin_name is the bin file part of  a CDRWIN CD disk image.
+
+    @param bin_name location of presumed CDRWIN bin image file.
+    @return the corresponding CUE file if bin_name is a BIN file or
+    NULL if not a BIN file.
+  */
+  char *cdio_is_binfile(const char *bin_name);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Determine if cue_name is the cue sheet for a CDRWIN CD disk image.
+
+    @return corresponding BIN file if cue_name is a CDRWIN cue file or
+    NULL if not a CUE file.
+  */
+  char *cdio_is_cuefile(const char *cue_name);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Determine if psg_nrg is a Nero CD disc image.
+
+    @param psz_nrg location of presumed NRG image file.
+    @return true if psz_nrg is a Nero NRG image or false
+    if not a NRG image.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_nrg(const char *psz_nrg);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Determine if psz_toc is a TOC file for a cdrdao CD disc image.
+
+    @param psz_toc location of presumed TOC image file.
+    @return true if toc_name is a cdrdao TOC file or false
+    if not a TOC file.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_tocfile(const char *psz_toc);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Determine if psz_source refers to a real hardware CD-ROM.
+
+    @param psz_source location name of object
+    @param driver_id   driver for reading object. Use DRIVER_UNKNOWN if you
+    don't know what driver to use.
+    @return true if psz_source is a device; If false is returned we
+    could have a CD disk image. 
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_device(const char *psz_source, driver_id_t driver_id);
+
+  /*!
+    Set the blocksize for subsequent reads. 
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_set_blocksize ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					    int i_blocksize );
+
+  /*!
+    Set the drive speed. 
+
+    @param p_cdio          CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_drive_speed   speed in CD-ROM speed units. Note this
+                           not Kbs as would be used in the MMC spec or
+		           in mmc_set_speed(). To convert CD-ROM speed units 
+			   to Kbs, multiply the number by 176 (for raw data)
+			   and by 150 (for filesystem data). On many CD-ROM 
+			   drives, specifying a value too large will result 
+			   in using the fastest speed.
+
+      @see mmc_set_speed and mmc_set_drive_speed
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_set_speed ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					int i_drive_speed );
+
+  /*!
+    Get the value associatied with key. 
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object queried
+    @param key the key to retrieve
+    @return the value associatd with "key" or NULL if p_cdio is NULL
+    or "key" does not exist.
+  */
+  const char * cdio_get_arg (const CdIo_t *p_cdio,  const char key[]);
+
+  /*!
+    Set the arg "key" with "value" in "p_cdio".
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to set
+    @param key the key to set
+    @param value the value to assocaiate with key
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_set_arg (CdIo_t *p_cdio, const char key[], 
+				     const char value[]);
+  
+  /*!
+    Initialize CD Reading and control routines. Should be called first.
+  */
+  bool cdio_init(void);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions.
+*/
+extern cdio_drive_cap_misc_t          debug_cdio_drive_cap_misc;
+extern cdio_drive_cap_read_t          debug_cdio_drive_cap_read_t;
+extern cdio_drive_cap_write_t         debug_drive_cap_write_t;
+extern cdio_mmc_hw_len_t              debug_cdio_mmc_hw_len;
+extern cdio_src_category_mask_t       debug_cdio_src_category_mask;
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_DEVICE_H__ */

include/cdio/disc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+    $Id: disc.h,v 1.9 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file disc.h 
+ *  \brief  The top-level header for disc-related libcdio calls.
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_DISC_H__
+#define __CDIO_DISC_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! disc modes. The first combined from MMC-3 5.29.2.8 (Send CUESHEET)
+    and GNU/Linux /usr/include/linux/cdrom.h and we've added DVD.
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_DA,	    /**< CD-DA */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_DATA,	    /**< CD-ROM form 1 */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_XA,	    /**< CD-ROM XA form2 */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_MIXED,	    /**< Some combo of above. */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_ROM,         /**< DVD ROM (e.g. movies) */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_RAM,         /**< DVD-RAM */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_R,           /**< DVD-R */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_RW,          /**< DVD-RW */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_PR,          /**< DVD+R */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_PRW,         /**< DVD+RW */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_OTHER,       /**< Unknown/unclassified DVD type */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_NO_INFO,
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_ERROR,
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_I	        /**< CD-i. */
+  } discmode_t;
+
+  extern const char *discmode2str[];
+  
+  /*! 
+    Get disc mode - the kind of CD (CD-DA, CD-ROM mode 1, CD-MIXED, etc.
+    that we've got. The notion of "CD" is extended a little to include
+    DVD's.
+  */
+  discmode_t cdio_get_discmode (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!  
+    Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+
+    @return the lsn. On error 0 or CDIO_INVALD_LSN.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_disc_last_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Return the Joliet level recognized for p_cdio.
+  */
+  uint8_t cdio_get_joliet_level(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the media catalog number (MCN) from the CD.
+
+    @return the media catalog number or NULL if there is none or we
+    don't have the ability to get it.
+
+    Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+    string when done with it.
+
+  */
+  char * cdio_get_mcn (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the number of tracks on the CD.
+
+    @return the number of tracks, or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK if there is
+    an error.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_num_tracks (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Return true if discmode is some sort of CD.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_discmode_cdrom (discmode_t discmode);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Return true if discmode is some sort of DVD.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_discmode_dvd (discmode_t discmode);
+  
+  /*! cdio_stat_size is deprecated. @see cdio_get_disc_last_lsn  */
+#define cdio_stat_size cdio_get_disc_last_lsn
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_DISC_H__ */

include/cdio/ds.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+    $Id: ds.h,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file ds.h 
+ *  \brief  The top-level header for list-related data structures.
+
+    Note: this header will is slated to get removed and libcdio will use 
+    glib.h routines instead. 
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_DS_H__
+#define __CDIO_DS_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+/** opaque types... */
+typedef struct _CdioList CdioList_t;
+typedef struct _CdioListNode CdioListNode_t;
+
+typedef int (*_cdio_list_cmp_func_t) (void *p_data1, void *p_data2);
+typedef int (*_cdio_list_iterfunc_t) (void *p_data, void *p_user_data);
+
+/** The below are given compatibility with old code. Please use
+    the above type names, not these. */
+#define CdioList CdioList_t
+#define CdioListNode CdioListNode_t
+#define _cdio_list_cmp_func _cdio_list_cmp_func_t
+#define _cdio_list_iterfunc _cdio_list_iterfunc_t
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** methods */
+CdioList_t *_cdio_list_new (void);
+
+void _cdio_list_free (CdioList_t *p_list, int free_data);
+
+unsigned _cdio_list_length (const CdioList_t *list);
+
+void _cdio_list_prepend (CdioList_t *p_list, void *p_data);
+
+void _cdio_list_append (CdioList_t *p_list, void *p_data);
+
+void _cdio_list_foreach (CdioList_t *p_list, _cdio_list_iterfunc_t func, 
+                         void *p_user_data);
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_find (CdioList_t *p_list, 
+                                 _cdio_list_iterfunc_t cmp_func, 
+                                 void *p_user_data);
+
+#define _CDIO_LIST_FOREACH(node, list) \
+ for (node = _cdio_list_begin (list); node; node = _cdio_list_node_next (node))
+
+/** node operations */
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_begin (const CdioList_t *p_list);
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_end (CdioList_t *p_list);
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_node_next (CdioListNode_t *p_node);
+
+void _cdio_list_node_free (CdioListNode_t *p_node, int i_free_data);
+
+void *_cdio_list_node_data (CdioListNode_t *p_node);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_DS_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */
+

include/cdio/dvd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+    $Id: dvd.h,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Modeled after GNU/Linux definitions in linux/cdrom.h
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+   \file dvd.h 
+   \brief Definitions for DVD access.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_DVD_H__
+#define __CDIO_DVD_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+/*! Values used in a READ DVD STRUCTURE */
+
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_PHYSICAL	0x00
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_COPYRIGHT	0x01
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_DISCKEY	        0x02
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_BCA		0x03
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_MANUFACT	0x04
+
+/*! Media definitions for "Book Type" */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_ROM 0
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_RAM 1
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_R   2 /**< DVD-R  */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_RW  3 /**< DVD-RW */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_PR  8 /**< DVD+R  */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_PRW 9 /**< DVD+RW */
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_layer {
+  uint8_t book_version	: 4;
+  uint8_t book_type	: 4;
+  uint8_t min_rate	: 4;
+  uint8_t disc_size	: 4;
+  uint8_t layer_type	: 4;
+  uint8_t track_path	: 1;
+  uint8_t nlayers	: 2;
+  uint8_t track_density	: 4;
+  uint8_t linear_density: 4;
+  uint8_t bca		: 1;
+  uint32_t start_sector;
+  uint32_t end_sector;
+  uint32_t end_sector_l0;
+} cdio_dvd_layer_t;
+
+/*! Maximum number of layers in a DVD.  */
+#define CDIO_DVD_MAX_LAYERS	4
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_physical {
+  uint8_t type;
+  uint8_t layer_num;
+  cdio_dvd_layer_t layer[CDIO_DVD_MAX_LAYERS];
+} cdio_dvd_physical_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_copyright {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  uint8_t layer_num;
+  uint8_t cpst;
+  uint8_t rmi;
+} cdio_dvd_copyright_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_disckey {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  unsigned agid	: 2;
+  uint8_t value[2048];
+} cdio_dvd_disckey_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_bca {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  int len;
+  uint8_t value[188];
+} cdio_dvd_bca_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_manufact {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  uint8_t layer_num;
+  int len;
+  uint8_t value[2048];
+} cdio_dvd_manufact_t;
+
+typedef union {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  cdio_dvd_physical_t	physical;
+  cdio_dvd_copyright_t	copyright;
+  cdio_dvd_disckey_t	disckey;
+  cdio_dvd_bca_t	bca;
+  cdio_dvd_manufact_t	manufact;
+} cdio_dvd_struct_t;
+
+#endif /* __SCSI_MMC_H__ */

include/cdio/logging.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+    $Id: logging.h,v 1.11 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file logging.h 
+ *  \brief Header to control logging and level of detail of output.
+ *         
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LOGGING_H__
+#define __LOGGING_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The different log levels supported.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_LOG_DEBUG = 1, /**< Debug-level messages - helps debug what's up. */
+  CDIO_LOG_INFO,      /**< Informational - indicates perhaps something of 
+                           interest. */
+  CDIO_LOG_WARN,      /**< Warning conditions - something that looks funny. */
+  CDIO_LOG_ERROR,     /**< Error conditions - may terminate program.  */
+  CDIO_LOG_ASSERT     /**< Critical conditions - may abort program. */
+} cdio_log_level_t;
+
+/**
+ * The place to save the preference concerning how much verbosity 
+ * is desired. This is used by the internal default log handler, but
+ * it could be use by applications which provide their own log handler.
+ */
+extern cdio_log_level_t cdio_loglevel_default;
+
+/**
+ * This type defines the signature of a log handler.  For every
+ * message being logged, the handler will receive the log level and
+ * the message string.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log_set_handler
+ * @see cdio_log_level_t
+ *
+ * @param level   The log level.
+ * @param message The log message.
+ */
+typedef void (*cdio_log_handler_t) (cdio_log_level_t level, 
+                                    const char message[]);
+
+/**
+ * Set a custom log handler for libcdio.  The return value is the log
+ * handler being replaced.  If the provided parameter is NULL, then
+ * the handler will be reset to the default handler.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log_handler_t
+ *
+ * @param new_handler The new log handler.
+ * @return The previous log handler.
+ */
+cdio_log_handler_t cdio_log_set_handler (cdio_log_handler_t new_handler);
+
+/**
+ * Handle an message with the given log level.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_debug
+ * @see cdio_info
+ * @see cdio_warn
+ * @see cdio_error
+
+ * @param level   The log level.
+ * @param format  printf-style format string
+ * @param ...     remaining arguments needed by format string
+ */
+void cdio_log (cdio_log_level_t level, 
+               const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(2, 3);
+    
+/**
+ * Handle a debugging message.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine
+ */
+void cdio_debug (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Handle an informative message.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine
+ */
+void cdio_info (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Handle a warning message.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine
+ */
+void cdio_warn (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Handle an error message. Execution is terminated.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine.
+ */
+void cdio_error (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LOGGING_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/mmc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+/*
+    $Id: mmc.h,v 1.32 2008/05/09 06:13:32 edsdead Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+                  Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/**
+ *  \file mmc.h 
+ * 
+ *  \brief Common definitions for MMC (Multimedia Commands). Applications
+ *  include this for direct MMC access.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_MMC_H__
+#define __CDIO_MMC_H__
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/dvd.h>
+#include <cdio/audio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /** Set this to the maximum value in milliseconds that we will
+      wait on an MMC command.  */
+  extern uint32_t mmc_timeout_ms; 
+
+  /** The default timeout (non-read) is 6 seconds. */
+#define MMC_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT 6000
+
+  /** Set this to the maximum value in milliseconds that we will
+      wait on an MMC read command.  */
+  extern uint32_t mmc_read_timeout_ms;
+
+  /** The default read timeout is 3 minutes. */
+#define MMC_READ_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT 3*60*1000
+
+
+  /** \brief The opcode-portion (generic packet commands) of an MMC command.
+    
+  In general, those opcodes that end in 6 take a 6-byte command
+  descriptor, those that end in 10 take a 10-byte
+  descriptor and those that in in 12 take a 12-byte descriptor. 
+  
+  (Not that you need to know that, but it seems to be a
+  big deal in the MMC specification.)
+  
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_INQUIRY 	        = 0x12, /**< Request drive 
+						   information. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SELECT_6	        = 0x15, /**< Select medium 
+						   (6 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SENSE_6 	        = 0x1a, /**< Get medium or device
+						 information. Should be issued
+						 before MODE SELECT to get
+						 mode support or save current
+						 settings. (6 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_START_STOP             = 0x1b, /**< Enable/disable Disc
+						     operations. (6 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL   = 0x1e, /**< Enable/disable Disc 
+						   removal. (6 bytes). */
+
+  /** Group 2 Commands (CDB's here are 10-bytes)   
+   */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_10	        = 0x28, /**< Read data from drive 
+						   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_SUBCHANNEL	= 0x42, /**< Read Sub-Channel data.
+						   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_TOC               = 0x43, /**< READ TOC/PMA/ATIP. 
+						   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_HEADER            = 0x44,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_10	        = 0x45, /**< Begin audio playing at
+						   current position
+						   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_GET_CONFIGURATION      = 0x46, /**< Get drive Capabilities 
+						   (10 bytes) */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_MSF	        = 0x47, /**< Begin audio playing at
+						   specified MSF (10
+						   bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_TI          = 0x48,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_TRACK_REL_10      = 0x49, /**< Play audio at the track
+						   relative LBA. (10 bytes).
+						   Doesn't seem to be part
+						   of MMC standards but is
+						   handled by Plextor drives.
+						*/
+						   
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_GET_EVENT_STATUS       = 0x4a, /**< Report events and 
+						   Status. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PAUSE_RESUME           = 0x4b, /**< Stop or restart audio 
+						   playback. (10 bytes). 
+						   Used with a PLAY command. */
+
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_DISC_INFO	        = 0x51, /**< Get CD information.
+						   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SELECT_10	        = 0x55, /**< Select medium 
+						   (10-bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SENSE_10	        = 0x5a, /**< Get medium or device
+						 information. Should be issued
+						 before MODE SELECT to get
+						 mode support or save current
+						 settings. (6 bytes). */
+
+  /** Group 5 Commands (CDB's here are 12-bytes) 
+   */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_12	        = 0xa5, /**< Begin audio playing at
+						   current position
+						 (12 bytes) */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_LOAD_UNLOAD	        = 0xa6, /**< Load/unload a Disc
+						 (12 bytes) */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_12	        = 0xa8, /**< Read data from drive 
+						   (12 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_TRACK_REL_12      = 0xa9, /**< Play audio at the track
+						   relative LBA. (12 bytes).
+						   Doesn't seem to be part
+						   of MMC standards but is
+						   handled by Plextor drives.
+						*/
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_DVD_STRUCTURE     = 0xad, /**< Get DVD structure info
+						   from media (12 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_MSF	        = 0xb9, /**< Read almost any field 
+						   of a CD sector at specified
+						   MSF. (12 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_SET_SPEED	        = 0xbb, /**< Set drive speed 
+						   (12 bytes). This is listed 
+						   as optional in ATAPI 2.6, 
+						   but is (curiously)
+						   missing from Mt. Fuji, 
+						   Table 57. It is mentioned
+						   in Mt. Fuji Table 377 as an 
+						   MMC command for SCSI
+						   devices though...  Most
+						   ATAPI drives support it. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_CD	        = 0xbe, /**< Read almost any field 
+						   of a CD sector at current
+						   location. (12 bytes). */
+  /** Vendor-unique Commands  
+   */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_CD_PLAYBACK_STATUS  = 0xc4 /**< SONY unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAYBACK_CONTROL    = 0xc9 /**< SONY unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_CDDA	     = 0xd8 /**< Vendor unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_CDXA	     = 0xdb /**< Vendor unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_ALL_SUBCODES   = 0xdf /**< Vendor unique  = command */
+  } cdio_mmc_gpcmd_t;
+
+
+  /** Read Subchannel states */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_INVALID   = 0x00, /**< audio status not supported */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_PLAY      = 0x11, /**< audio play operation in 
+                                              progress */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_PAUSED    = 0x12, /**< audio play operation paused */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_COMPLETED = 0x13, /**< audio play successfully 
+                                              completed */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_ERROR     = 0x14, /**< audio play stopped due to 
+                                              error */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_NO_STATUS = 0x15, /**< no current audio status to
+                                              return */
+  } cdio_mmc_read_sub_state_t;
+
+  /** Level values that can go into READ_CD */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_ANY  =  0,  /**< All types */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_CDDA =  1,  /**< Only CD-DA sectors */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_MODE1 = 2,  /**< mode1 sectors (user data = 2048) */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_MODE2 = 3,  /**< mode2 sectors form1 or form2 */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_M2F1 =  4,  /**< mode2 sectors form1 */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_M2F2 =  5   /**< mode2 sectors form2 */
+  } cdio_mmc_read_cd_type_t;
+
+  /** Format values for READ_TOC */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_TOC     =  0,
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_SESSION =  1,  
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_FULTOC  =  2,
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_PMA     =  3,  /**< Q subcode data */
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_ATIP    =  4,  /**< includes media type */
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_CDTEXT  =  5   /**< CD-TEXT info  */
+  } cdio_mmc_readtoc_t;
+    
+/** Page codes for MODE SENSE and MODE SET. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_R_W_ERROR_PAGE	= 0x01,
+    CDIO_MMC_WRITE_PARMS_PAGE	= 0x05,
+    CDIO_MMC_CDR_PARMS_PAGE	= 0x0d,
+    CDIO_MMC_AUDIO_CTL_PAGE	= 0x0e,
+    CDIO_MMC_POWER_PAGE		= 0x1a,
+    CDIO_MMC_FAULT_FAIL_PAGE	= 0x1c,
+    CDIO_MMC_TO_PROTECT_PAGE	= 0x1d,
+    CDIO_MMC_CAPABILITIES_PAGE	= 0x2a,
+    CDIO_MMC_ALL_PAGES		= 0x3f,
+  } cdio_mmc_mode_page_t;
+    
+
+PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+  struct mmc_audio_volume_entry_s 
+  {
+    uint8_t  selection; /* Only the lower 4 bits are used. */
+    uint8_t  volume;
+  } GNUC_PACKED;
+
+  typedef struct mmc_audio_volume_entry_s mmc_audio_volume_entry_t;
+  
+  /** This struct is used by cdio_audio_get_volume and cdio_audio_set_volume */
+  struct mmc_audio_volume_s
+  {
+    mmc_audio_volume_entry_t port[4];
+  } GNUC_PACKED;
+
+  typedef struct mmc_audio_volume_s mmc_audio_volume_t;
+  
+PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+  
+
+/** Return type codes for GET_CONFIGURATION. */
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_GET_CONF_ALL_FEATURES     = 0,  /**< all features without regard
+                                              to currency. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GET_CONF_CURRENT_FEATURES = 1,  /**< features which are currently
+                                              in effect (e.g. based on
+                                              medium inserted). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GET_CONF_NAMED_FEATURE    = 2   /**< just the feature named in
+                                              the GET_CONFIGURATION cdb. */
+} cdio_mmc_get_conf_t;
+  
+
+/** FEATURE codes used in GET CONFIGURATION. */
+
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROFILE_LIST     = 0x000, /**< Profile List Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CORE             = 0x001, 
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MORPHING         = 0x002, /**< Report/prevent operational
+                                                  changes  */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_REMOVABLE_MEDIUM = 0x003, /**< Removable Medium Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_WRITE_PROTECT    = 0x004, /**< Write Protect Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RANDOM_READABLE  = 0x010, /**< Random Readable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MULTI_READ       = 0x01D, /**< Multi-Read Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_READ          = 0x01E, /**< CD Read Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_READ         = 0x01F, /**< DVD Read Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RANDOM_WRITABLE  = 0x020, /**< Random Writable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INCR_WRITE       = 0x021, /**< Incremental Streaming 
+						Writable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_SECTOR_ERASE     = 0x022, /**< Sector Erasable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_FORMATABLE       = 0x023, /**< Formattable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DEFECT_MGMT      = 0x024, /**< Management Ability of the 
+						Logical Unit/media system to
+						provide an apparently 
+						defect-free space.*/
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_WRITE_ONCE       = 0x025, /**< Write Once
+						   Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RESTRICT_OVERW   = 0x026, /**< Restricted Overwrite
+						Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_RW_CAV        = 0x027, /**< CD-RW CAV Write Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MRW              = 0x028, /**< MRW Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_ENHANCED_DEFECT  = 0x029, /**< Enhanced Defect Reporting */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_PRW          = 0x02A, /**< DVD+RW Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_PR           = 0x02B, /**< DVD+R Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RIGID_RES_OVERW  = 0x02C, /**< Rigid Restricted Overwrite */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_TAO           = 0x02D, /**< CD Track at Once */ 
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_SAO           = 0x02E, /**< CD Mastering (Session at 
+						Once) */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_R_RW_WRITE   = 0x02F, /**< DVD-R/RW Write */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_RW_MEDIA_WRITE= 0x037, /**< CD-RW Media Write Support */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_PR_2_LAYER   = 0x03B, /**< DVD+R Double Layer */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_POWER_MGMT       = 0x100, /**< Initiator and device directed
+						power management */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CDDA_EXT_PLAY    = 0x103, /**< Ability to play audio CDs 
+						via the Logical Unit's own
+						analog output */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MCODE_UPGRADE    = 0x104, /* Ability for the device to 
+						accept  new microcode via
+						the interface */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_TIME_OUT         = 0x105, /**< Ability to respond to all
+						commands within a specific 
+						time */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_CSS          = 0x106, /**< Ability to perform DVD
+						CSS/CPPM authentication and
+						RPC */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RT_STREAMING     = 0x107, /**< Ability to read and write 
+						using Initiator requested
+						performance parameters   */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_LU_SN            = 0x108, /**< The Logical Unit has a unique
+						identifier. */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_FIRMWARE_DATE    = 0x1FF, /**< Firmware creation date 
+						report */
+} cdio_mmc_feature_t;
+				
+/** Profile profile codes used in GET_CONFIGURATION - PROFILE LIST. */
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_NON_REMOVABLE = 0x0001, /**< Re-writable disk, capable
+						   of changing behavior */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_REMOVABLE     = 0x0002, /**< disk Re-writable; with 
+						   removable  media */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_MO_ERASABLE   = 0x0003, /**< Erasable Magneto-Optical
+						   disk with sector erase
+						   capability */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_MO_WRITE_ONCE = 0x0004, /**< Write Once Magneto-Optical
+						   write once */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_AS_MO         = 0x0005, /**< Advance Storage
+						   Magneto-Optical */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_CD_ROM        = 0x0008, /**< Read only Compact Disc
+						   capable */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_CD_R          = 0x0009, /**< Write once Compact Disc
+						   capable */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_CD_RW         = 0x000A, /**< CD-RW Re-writable
+						   Compact Disc capable */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_ROM       = 0x0010, /**< Read only DVD */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_R_SEQ     = 0x0011, /**< Re-recordable DVD using
+						   Sequential recording */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_RAM       = 0x0012, /**< Re-writable DVD */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_RW_RO     = 0x0013, /**< Re-recordable DVD using
+						   Restricted Overwrite */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_RW_SEQ    = 0x0014, /**< Re-recordable DVD using
+						   Sequential recording */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PRW       = 0x001A, /**< DVD+RW - DVD ReWritable */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PR        = 0x001B, /**< DVD+R - DVD Recordable */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DDCD_ROM      = 0x0020, /**< Read only  DDCD */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DDCD_R        = 0x0021, /**< DDCD-R Write only DDCD */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DDCD_RW       = 0x0022, /**< Re-Write only DDCD */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PR2       = 0x002B, /**< DVD+R - DVD Recordable 
+                                                     double layer */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_NON_CONFORM   = 0xFFFF, /**< The Logical Unit does not
+						   conform to any Profile. */
+} cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t;
+  
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_SCSI        = 1,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_ATAPI       = 2,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_IEEE_1394   = 3,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_IEEE_1394A  = 4,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_FIBRE_CH    = 5
+} cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t;
+  
+
+/** The largest Command Descriptor Block (CDB) size.
+    The possible sizes are 6, 10, and 12 bytes.
+ */
+#define MAX_CDB_LEN 12
+
+/** \brief A Command Descriptor Block (CDB) used in sending MMC 
+    commands.
+ */
+typedef struct mmc_cdb_s {
+  uint8_t field[MAX_CDB_LEN];
+} mmc_cdb_t;
+  
+  /** \brief Format of header block in data returned from an MMC
+    GET_CONFIGURATION command.
+  */
+  typedef struct mmc_feature_list_header_s {
+    unsigned char length_msb;
+    unsigned char length_1sb;
+    unsigned char length_2sb;
+    unsigned char length_lsb;
+    unsigned char reserved1;
+    unsigned char reserved2;
+    unsigned char profile_msb;
+    unsigned char profile_lsb;
+  } cdio_mmc_feature_list_header_t;
+
+  /** An enumeration indicating whether an MMC command is sending
+    data or getting data.
+  */
+  typedef enum mmc_direction_s {
+    SCSI_MMC_DATA_READ,
+    SCSI_MMC_DATA_WRITE
+  } cdio_mmc_direction_t;
+  
+  typedef struct mmc_subchannel_s
+  {
+    uint8_t       reserved;
+    uint8_t       audio_status;
+    uint16_t      data_length; /**< Really ISO 9660 7.2.2 */
+    uint8_t	  format;
+    uint8_t	  address:	4;
+    uint8_t	  control:	4;
+    uint8_t	  track;
+    uint8_t	  index;
+    uint8_t       abs_addr[4];
+    uint8_t       rel_addr[4];
+  } cdio_mmc_subchannel_t;
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_COMMAND(cdb, command)      \
+  cdb[0] = command
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_TYPE(cdb, sector_type) \
+  cdb[1] = (sector_type << 2)
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_GETPOS_LEN16(p, pos)           \
+  (p[pos]<<8) + p[pos+1]
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_GET_LEN16(p)                   \
+  (p[0]<<8) + p[1]
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_GET_LEN32(p) \
+  (p[0] << 24) + (p[1] << 16) + (p[2] << 8) + p[3];
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_LEN16(cdb, pos, len)       \
+  cdb[pos  ] = (len >>  8) & 0xff;              \
+  cdb[pos+1] = (len      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LBA(cdb, lba)         \
+  cdb[2] = (lba >> 24) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[3] = (lba >> 16) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[4] = (lba >>  8) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[5] = (lba      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_START_TRACK(cdb, command) \
+  cdb[6] = command
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LENGTH24(cdb, len) \
+  cdb[6] = (len >> 16) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[7] = (len >>  8) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[8] = (len      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LENGTH16(cdb, len) \
+  CDIO_MMC_SET_LEN16(cdb, 7, len)
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LENGTH8(cdb, len) \
+  cdb[8] = (len      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_MCSB_ALL_HEADERS 0xf
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_MAIN_CHANNEL_SELECTION_BITS(cdb, val) \
+  cdb[9] = val << 3;
+
+/**
+  Read Audio Subchannel information
+  
+  @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+  @param p_subchannel place for returned subchannel information
+*/
+driver_return_code_t
+mmc_audio_read_subchannel (CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                           /*out*/ cdio_subchannel_t *p_subchannel);
+  
+  /**
+    Return a string containing the name of the audio state as returned from
+    the Q_SUBCHANNEL.
+  */
+  const char *mmc_audio_state2str( uint8_t i_audio_state );
+  
+  /**
+    Eject using MMC commands. If CD-ROM is "locked" we'll unlock it.
+    Command is not "immediate" -- we'll wait for the command to complete.
+    For a more general (and lower-level) routine, @see mmc_start_stop_media.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_eject_media( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /**
+    Return a string containing the name of the given feature
+  */
+  const char *mmc_feature2str( int i_feature );
+  
+  /**
+    Return a string containing the name of the given feature
+  */
+  const char *mmc_feature_profile2str( int i_feature_profile );
+  
+  /**  
+    Return the length in bytes of the Command Descriptor
+    Buffer (CDB) for a given MMC command. The length will be 
+    either 6, 10, or 12. 
+  */
+  uint8_t mmc_get_cmd_len(uint8_t mmc_cmd);
+  
+  /**
+    Get the block size used in read requests, via MMC.
+    @return the blocksize if > 0; error if <= 0
+  */
+  int mmc_get_blocksize ( CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /**
+   * Close tray using a MMC START STOP command.
+   */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_close_tray( CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /**  
+    Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+    
+    @return the lsn. On error return CDIO_INVALID_LSN.
+  */
+  lsn_t mmc_get_disc_last_lsn( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /** 
+    Return the discmode as reported by the MMC Read (FULL) TOC
+    command.
+    
+    Information was obtained from Section 5.1.13 (Read TOC/PMA/ATIP)
+    pages 56-62 from the MMC draft specification, revision 10a
+    at http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/mmc/mmc-r10a.pdf See
+    especially tables 72, 73 and 75.
+  */
+  discmode_t mmc_get_discmode( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  
+  /**
+    Get drive capabilities for a device.
+    @return the drive capabilities.
+  */
+  void mmc_get_drive_cap ( CdIo_t *p_cdio,
+                           /*out*/ cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+                           /*out*/ cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+                           /*out*/ cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+  
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_WEIRD,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_1,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_2,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_3,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_NONE
+  } cdio_mmc_level_t;
+  
+  /**
+    Get the MMC level supported by the device.
+  */
+  cdio_mmc_level_t mmc_get_drive_mmc_cap(CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+
+  /** 
+    Get the DVD type associated with cd object.
+    
+    @return the DVD discmode.
+  */
+  discmode_t mmc_get_dvd_struct_physical ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                           cdio_dvd_struct_t *s);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Return results of media status
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param out_buf media status code from operation
+    @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS (0) if we got the status.
+    return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+   */
+  int mmc_get_event_status(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, uint8_t out_buf[2]);
+
+  /*! 
+    Find out if media tray is open or closed.
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return 1 if media is open, 0 if closed. Error
+    return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+  */
+  int mmc_get_tray_status ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+
+  /** 
+    Get the CD-ROM hardware info via an MMC INQUIRY command.
+    
+    @return true if we were able to get hardware info, false if we had
+    an error.
+  */
+  bool mmc_get_hwinfo ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                        /* out*/ cdio_hwinfo_t *p_hw_info );
+  
+  
+  /** 
+    Find out if media has changed since the last call.
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return 1 if media has changed since last call, 0 if not. Error
+    return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+  */
+  int mmc_get_media_changed(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /**
+    Get the media catalog number (MCN) from the CD via MMC.
+    
+    @return the media catalog number r NULL if there is none or we
+    don't have the ability to get it.
+    
+    Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+    string when done with it.
+    
+  */
+  char * mmc_get_mcn ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /** Get the output port volumes and port selections used on AUDIO PLAY
+      commands via a MMC MODE SENSE command using the CD Audio Control
+      Page.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_audio_get_volume (CdIo_t *p_cdio,  /*out*/
+                                             mmc_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+  
+  /**
+    Report if CD-ROM has a praticular kind of interface (ATAPI, SCSCI, ...)
+    Is it possible for an interface to have serveral? If not this 
+    routine could probably return the single mmc_feature_interface_t.
+    @return true if we have the interface and false if not.
+  */
+  bool_3way_t mmc_have_interface( CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                  cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t e_interface );
+  
+  /** Run a MODE_SENSE command (6- or 10-byte version) 
+    and put the results in p_buf 
+    @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+  */
+  int mmc_mode_sense( CdIo_t *p_cdio, /*out*/ void *p_buf, int i_size, 
+                      int page);
+  
+  
+  /** Run a MODE_SENSE command (10-byte version) 
+    and put the results in p_buf 
+    @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+  */
+  int  mmc_mode_sense_10( CdIo_t *p_cdio, /*out*/ void *p_buf, int i_size, 
+                          int page);
+  
+  /** Run a MODE_SENSE command (6-byte version) 
+    and put the results in p_buf 
+    @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+  */
+  int  mmc_mode_sense_6( CdIo_t *p_cdio, /*out*/ void *p_buf, int i_size, 
+                         int page);
+  
+  /** Issue a MMC READ_CD command.
+    
+  @param p_cdio  object to read from 
+  
+  @param p_buf   Place to store data. The caller should ensure that 
+  p_buf can hold at least i_blocksize * i_blocks  bytes.
+  
+  @param i_lsn   sector to read 
+  
+  @param expected_sector_type restricts reading to a specific CD
+  sector type.  Only 3 bits with values 1-5 are used:
+    0 all sector types
+    1 CD-DA sectors only 
+    2 Mode 1 sectors only
+    3 Mode 2 formless sectors only. Note in contrast to all other
+      values an MMC CD-ROM is not required to support this mode.
+    4 Mode 2 Form 1 sectors only
+    5 Mode 2 Form 2 sectors only
+
+  @param b_digital_audio_play Control error concealment when the
+  data being read is CD-DA.  If the data being read is not CD-DA,
+  this parameter is ignored.  If the data being read is CD-DA and
+  DAP is false zero, then the user data returned should not be
+  modified by flaw obscuring mechanisms such as audio data mute and
+  interpolate.  If the data being read is CD-DA and DAP is true,
+  then the user data returned should be modified by flaw obscuring
+  mechanisms such as audio data mute and interpolate.  
+  
+  b_sync_header return the sync header (which will probably have
+  the same value as CDIO_SECTOR_SYNC_HEADER of size
+  CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE).
+  
+  @param header_codes Header Codes refer to the sector header and
+  the sub-header that is present in mode 2 formed sectors: 
+  
+   0 No header information is returned.  
+   1 The 4-byte sector header of data sectors is be returned, 
+   2 The 8-byte sector sub-header of mode 2 formed sectors is
+     returned.  
+   3 Both sector header and sub-header (12 bytes) is returned.  
+   The Header preceeds the rest of the bytes (e.g. user-data bytes) 
+   that might get returned.
+   
+   @param b_user_data  Return user data if true. 
+   
+   For CD-DA, the User Data is CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW bytes.
+
+   For Mode 1, The User Data is ISO_BLOCKSIZE bytes beginning at
+   offset CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE+CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE.
+   
+   For Mode 2 formless, The User Data is M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE bytes
+   beginning at offset CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE+CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE.
+   
+   For data Mode 2, form 1, User Data is ISO_BLOCKSIZE bytes beginning at
+   offset CDIO_CD_XA_SYNC_HEADER.
+   
+   For data Mode 2, form 2, User Data is 2 324 bytes beginning at
+   offset CDIO_CD_XA_SYNC_HEADER.
+   
+   @param b_sync 
+
+   @param b_edc_ecc true if we return EDC/ECC error detection/correction bits.
+   
+   The presence and size of EDC redundancy or ECC parity is defined
+   according to sector type: 
+   
+   CD-DA sectors have neither EDC redundancy nor ECC parity.  
+   
+   Data Mode 1 sectors have 288 bytes of EDC redundancy, Pad, and
+   ECC parity beginning at offset 2064.
+   
+   Data Mode 2 formless sectors have neither EDC redundancy nor ECC
+   parity
+   
+   Data Mode 2 form 1 sectors have 280 bytes of EDC redundancy and
+   ECC parity beginning at offset 2072
+   
+   Data Mode 2 form 2 sectors optionally have 4 bytes of EDC
+   redundancy beginning at offset 2348.
+   
+   
+   @param c2_error_information If true associate a bit with each
+   sector for C2 error The resulting bit field is ordered exactly as
+   the main channel bytes.  Each 8-bit boundary defines a byte of
+   flag bits.
+   
+   @param subchannel_selection subchannel-selection bits
+   
+     0  No Sub-channel data shall be returned.  (0 bytes)
+     1  RAW P-W Sub-channel data shall be returned.  (96 byte)
+     2  Formatted Q sub-channel data shall be transferred (16 bytes)
+     3  Reserved     
+     4  Corrected and de-interleaved R-W sub-channel (96 bytes)
+     5-7  Reserved
+
+   @param i_blocksize size of the a block expected to be returned
+     
+   @param i_blocks number of blocks expected to be returned.
+     
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t
+  mmc_read_cd ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+                int expected_sector_type, bool b_digital_audio_play,
+                bool b_sync, uint8_t header_codes, bool b_user_data, 
+                bool b_edc_ecc, uint8_t c2_error_information, 
+                uint8_t subchannel_selection, uint16_t i_blocksize, 
+                uint32_t i_blocks );
+  
+  /** Read just the user data part of some sort of data sector (via 
+    mmc_read_cd). 
+    
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE,
+                 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on
+                 the kind of sector getting read. If you don't know
+                 whether you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless
+                 sector best to reserve space for the maximum,
+                 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocksize size of each block
+    @param i_blocks number of blocks to read
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_read_data_sectors ( CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+                                               lsn_t i_lsn, 
+                                               uint16_t i_blocksize,
+                                               uint32_t i_blocks );
+  
+  /** Read sectors using SCSI-MMC GPCMD_READ_CD. 
+      Can read only up to 25 blocks.
+   */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_read_sectors ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+                                          lsn_t i_lsn,  int read_sector_type, 
+                                          uint32_t i_blocks);
+  
+  /**
+    Run a Multimedia command (MMC). 
+    
+    @param p_cdio	 CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_timeout_ms  time in milliseconds we will wait for the command
+                         to complete. 
+    @param p_cdb	 CDB bytes. All values that are needed should be set 
+                         on input. We'll figure out what the right CDB length 
+                         should be.
+    @param e_direction   direction the transfer is to go.
+    @param i_buf	 Size of buffer
+    @param p_buf	 Buffer for data, both sending and receiving.
+
+    @return 0 if command completed successfully.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t
+  mmc_run_cmd( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, unsigned int i_timeout_ms,
+               const mmc_cdb_t *p_cdb,
+               cdio_mmc_direction_t e_direction, unsigned int i_buf, 
+               /*in/out*/ void *p_buf );
+
+  /**
+    Run a Multimedia command (MMC) specifying the CDB length.
+    The motivation here is for example ot use in is an undocumented 
+    debug command for LG drives (namely E7), whose length is being 
+    miscalculated by mmc_get_cmd_len(); it doesn't follow the usual 
+    code number to length conventions. Patch supplied by SukkoPera.
+
+    @param p_cdio	 CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_timeout_ms  time in milliseconds we will wait for the command
+                         to complete. 
+    @param p_cdb	 CDB bytes. All values that are needed should be set 
+                         on input. 
+    @param i_cdb	 number of CDB bytes. 
+    @param e_direction   direction the transfer is to go.
+    @param i_buf	 Size of buffer
+    @param p_buf	 Buffer for data, both sending and receiving.
+
+    @return 0 if command completed successfully.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t
+  mmc_run_cmd_len( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, unsigned int i_timeout_ms,
+                   const mmc_cdb_t *p_cdb, unsigned int i_cdb,
+                   cdio_mmc_direction_t e_direction, unsigned int i_buf,
+                   /*in/out*/ void *p_buf );
+
+  /**
+    Set the block size for subsequest read requests, via MMC.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_set_blocksize ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                           uint16_t i_blocksize);
+  
+  /**
+    Set the drive speed in CD-ROM speed units.
+
+    @param p_cdio	   CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_drive_speed   speed in CD-ROM speed units. Note this
+                           not Kbs as would be used in the MMC spec or
+		           in mmc_set_speed(). To convert CD-ROM speed units 
+			   to Kbs, multiply the number by 176 (for raw data)
+			   and by 150 (for filesystem data). On many CD-ROM 
+			   drives, specifying a value too large will result 
+			   in using the fastest speed.
+
+    @return the drive speed if greater than 0. -1 if we had an error. is -2
+    returned if this is not implemented for the current driver.
+
+     @see cdio_set_speed and mmc_set_speed
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_set_drive_speed( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                            int i_drive_speed );
+  
+  /**
+    Set the drive speed in K bytes per second.
+
+    @param p_cdio	 CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_Kbs_speed   speed in K bytes per second. Note this is 
+                         not in standard CD-ROM speed units, e.g.
+                         1x, 4x, 16x as it is in cdio_set_speed.
+                         To convert CD-ROM speed units to Kbs,
+                         multiply the number by 176 (for raw data)
+                         and by 150 (for filesystem data). 
+                         Also note that ATAPI specs say that a value
+                         less than 176 will result in an error.
+                         On many CD-ROM drives,
+                         specifying a value too large will result in using
+                         the fastest speed.
+
+    @return the drive speed if greater than 0. -1 if we had an error. is -2
+    returned if this is not implemented for the current driver.
+
+    @see cdio_set_speed and mmc_set_drive_speed
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_set_speed( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                      int i_Kbs_speed );
+  
+  /**
+    Load or Unload media using a MMC START STOP command. 
+    
+    @param p_cdio  the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param b_eject eject if true and close tray if false
+    @param b_immediate wait or don't wait for operation to complete
+    @param power_condition Set CD-ROM to idle/standby/sleep. If nonzero
+    eject/load is ignored, so set to 0 if you want to eject or load.
+    
+    @see mmc_eject_media or mmc_close_tray
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t
+  mmc_start_stop_media(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, bool b_eject, bool b_immediate,
+                       uint8_t power_condition);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions
+*/
+extern cdio_mmc_feature_t           debug_cdio_mmc_feature;
+extern cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t debug_cdio_mmc_feature_interface;
+extern cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t   debug_cdio_mmc_feature_profile;
+extern cdio_mmc_get_conf_t          debug_cdio_mmc_get_conf;
+extern cdio_mmc_gpcmd_t             debug_cdio_mmc_gpcmd;
+extern cdio_mmc_read_sub_state_t    debug_cdio_mmc_read_sub_state;
+extern cdio_mmc_read_cd_type_t      debug_cdio_mmc_read_cd_type;
+extern cdio_mmc_readtoc_t           debug_cdio_mmc_readtoc;
+extern cdio_mmc_mode_page_t         debug_cdio_mmc_mode_page;
+  
+#endif /* __MMC_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/paranoia.h

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+    $Id: paranoia.h,v 1.15 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 1998 Monty xiphmont@mit.edu
+  
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file paranoia.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for libcdda_paranoia: a device- and OS-
+ *  independent library for reading CD-DA with error tolerance and
+ *  repair. Applications include this for paranoia access.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDIO_PARANOIA_H_
+#define _CDIO_PARANOIA_H_
+
+#include <cdio/cdda.h>
+
+/*! Paranoia likes to work with 16-bit numbers rather than
+    (possibly byte-swapped) bytes. So there are this many 
+    16-bit numbers block (frame, or sector) read.
+*/
+#define CD_FRAMEWORDS (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW/2)
+
+/**
+  Flags used in paranoia_modeset. 
+
+  The enumeration type one probably wouldn't really use in a program.
+  It is here instead of defines to give symbolic names that can be
+  helpful in debuggers where wants just to say refer to
+  PARANOIA_MODE_DISABLE and get the correct value.
+*/
+
+typedef enum  {
+  PARANOIA_MODE_DISABLE   =  0x00, /**< No fixups */
+  PARANOIA_MODE_VERIFY    =  0x01, /**< Verify data integrety in overlap area*/
+  PARANOIA_MODE_FRAGMENT  =  0x02, /**< unsupported */
+  PARANOIA_MODE_OVERLAP   =  0x04, /**< Perform overlapped reads */
+  PARANOIA_MODE_SCRATCH   =  0x08, /**< unsupported */
+  PARANOIA_MODE_REPAIR    =  0x10, /**< unsupported */
+  PARANOIA_MODE_NEVERSKIP =  0x20, /**< Do not skip failed reads (retry 
+				      maxretries) */
+  PARANOIA_MODE_FULL      =  0xff, /**< Maximum paranoia - all of the above 
+				        (except disable) */
+} paranoia_mode_t;
+  
+
+/**
+   Flags set in a callback.
+
+  The enumeration type one probably wouldn't really use in a program.
+  It is here instead of defines to give symbolic names that can be
+  helpful in debuggers where wants just to say refer to
+  PARANOIA_CB_READ and get the correct value.
+*/
+typedef enum  {
+  PARANOIA_CB_READ,           /**< Read off adjust ??? */
+  PARANOIA_CB_VERIFY,         /**< Verifying jitter */
+  PARANOIA_CB_FIXUP_EDGE,     /**< Fixed edge jitter */
+  PARANOIA_CB_FIXUP_ATOM,     /**< Fixed atom jitter */
+  PARANOIA_CB_SCRATCH,        /**< Unsupported */
+  PARANOIA_CB_REPAIR,         /**< Unsupported */
+  PARANOIA_CB_SKIP,           /**< Skip exhausted retry */
+  PARANOIA_CB_DRIFT,          /**< Skip exhausted retry */
+  PARANOIA_CB_BACKOFF,        /**< Unsupported */
+  PARANOIA_CB_OVERLAP,        /**< Dynamic overlap adjust */
+  PARANOIA_CB_FIXUP_DROPPED,  /**< Fixed dropped bytes */
+  PARANOIA_CB_FIXUP_DUPED,    /**< Fixed duplicate bytes */
+  PARANOIA_CB_READERR         /**< Hard read error */
+} paranoia_cb_mode_t;
+
+  extern const char *paranoia_cb_mode2str[];
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+  /*! 
+    Get and initialize a new cdrom_paranoia object from cdrom_drive.
+    Run this before calling any of the other paranoia routines below.
+
+    @return new cdrom_paranoia object Call paranoia_free() when you are
+    done with it
+   */
+  extern cdrom_paranoia_t *cdio_paranoia_init(cdrom_drive_t *d);
+  
+  /*!
+    Free any resources associated with p.
+
+    @param p       paranoia object to for which resources are to be freed.
+
+    @see paranoia_init.
+   */
+  extern void cdio_paranoia_free(cdrom_paranoia_t *p);
+
+  /*! 
+    Set the kind of repair you want to on for reading. 
+    The modes are listed above
+
+    @param p             paranoia type
+    @param mode_flags    paranoia mode flags built from values in 
+                         paranoia_mode_t, e.g. 
+		         PARANOIA_MODE_FULL^PARANOIA_MODE_NEVERSKIP
+   */
+  extern void cdio_paranoia_modeset(cdrom_paranoia_t *p, int mode_flags);
+
+  /*!
+    reposition reading offset. 
+
+    @param p       paranoia type
+    @param seek    byte offset to seek to
+    @param whence  like corresponding parameter in libc's lseek, e.g. 
+                   SEEK_SET or SEEK_END.
+  */
+  extern lsn_t cdio_paranoia_seek(cdrom_paranoia_t *p, off_t seek, int whence);
+
+  /*!
+    Reads the next sector of audio data and returns a pointer to a full
+    sector of verified samples. 
+    
+    @param p paranoia object.
+
+    @param callback callback routine which gets called with the status
+    on each read.
+
+    @return the audio data read, CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW (2352)
+    bytes. This data is not to be freed by the caller. It will persist
+    only until the next call to paranoia_read() for this p.
+  */
+  extern int16_t *cdio_paranoia_read(cdrom_paranoia_t *p,
+				     void(*callback)(long int, 
+						     paranoia_cb_mode_t));
+
+  /*! The same as cdio_paranoia_read but the number of retries is set.
+    @param p paranoia object.
+
+    @param callback callback routine which gets called with the status
+    on each read.
+
+    @param max_retries number of times to try re-reading a block before
+    failing.
+
+    @return the block of CDIO_FRAMEIZE_RAW bytes (or
+    CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW / 2 16-bit integers). Unless byte-swapping has
+    been turned off the 16-bit integers Endian independent order.
+
+    @see cdio_paranoia_read.
+    
+  */
+  extern int16_t *cdio_paranoia_read_limited(cdrom_paranoia_t *p,
+					     void(*callback)(long int, 
+							   paranoia_cb_mode_t),
+					     int max_retries);
+
+
+/*! a temporary hack */
+  extern void cdio_paranoia_overlapset(cdrom_paranoia_t *p,long overlap);
+
+  extern void cdio_paranoia_set_range(cdrom_paranoia_t *p, long int start, 
+				      long int end);
+
+#ifndef DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY
+/** For compatibility with good ol' paranoia */
+#define paranoia_init         cdio_paranoia_init
+#define paranoia_free         cdio_paranoia_free
+#define paranoia_modeset      cdio_paranoia_modeset
+#define paranoia_seek         cdio_paranoia_seek
+#define paranoia_read         cdio_paranoia_read
+#define paranoia_read_limited cdio_paranoia_read_limited
+#define paranoia_overlapset   cdio_paranoia_overlapset
+#define paranoia_set_range    cdio_paranoia_set_range
+#endif /*DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions
+*/
+
+extern paranoia_mode_t    debug_paranoia_mode;
+extern paranoia_cb_mode_t debug_paranoia_cb_mode;
+
+#endif /*_CDIO_PARANOIA_H_*/

include/cdio/posix.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+    $Id: posix.h,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+ * \file posix.h 
+ *
+ * \brief various POSIX definitions.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_POSIX_H__
+#define __CDIO_POSIX_H__
+
+typedef uint32_t posix_mode_t;
+typedef uint32_t posix_nlink_t;
+typedef uint32_t posix_uid_t;
+typedef uint32_t posix_gid_t;
+typedef uint16_t unicode16_t;
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_POSIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/read.h

@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+    $Id: read.h,v 1.15 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file read.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for sector (block, frame)-related
+ *  libcdio calls. 
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_READ_H__
+#define __CDIO_READ_H__
+
+#ifndef EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+#define EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+/* Need for HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H */
+#include <cdio/cdio_config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+/* Some systems need this for off_t and ssize. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /** All the different ways a block/sector can be read. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_AUDIO,  /**< CD-DA, audio, Red Book */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M1F1,   /**< Mode 1 Form 1 */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M1F2,   /**< Mode 1 Form 2 */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M2F1,   /**< Mode 2 Form 1 */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M2F2    /**< Mode 2 Form 2 */
+  } cdio_read_mode_t;
+  
+  /*!
+    Reposition read offset
+    Similar to (if not the same as) libc's fseek()
+
+    @param p_cdio object which gets adjusted
+    @param offset amount to seek
+    @param whence  like corresponding parameter in libc's fseek, e.g. 
+                   SEEK_SET or SEEK_END.
+    @return (off_t) -1 on error. 
+  */
+
+  off_t cdio_lseek(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, off_t offset, int whence);
+    
+  /*!  Reads into buf the next size bytes.  Similar to (if not the
+    same as) libc's read(). This is a "cooked" read, or one handled by
+    the OS. It probably won't work on audio data. For that use
+    cdio_read_audio_sector(s).
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least i_size bytes.
+    @param i_size number of bytes to read
+
+    @return (ssize_t) -1 on error. 
+  */
+  ssize_t cdio_read(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, size_t i_size);
+    
+  /*!
+    Read an audio sector
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW
+		 bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_audio_sector (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					       void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn);
+
+  /*!
+    Reads audio sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW
+		 * i_blocks bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_audio_sectors (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn,
+						uint32_t i_blocks);
+
+  /*!
+    Read data sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least ISO_BLOCKSIZE, 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending
+		 on the kind of sector getting read. If you don't 
+		 know whether you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless
+		 sector best to reserve space for the maximum, 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocksize size of block. Should be either CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE, 
+    M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE. See comment above under p_buf.
+
+    @param i_blocks number of blocks to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_data_sectors ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn,
+						uint16_t i_blocksize,
+						uint32_t i_blocks );
+  /*!
+    Reads a mode 1 sector
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode 1 form 2 sectors or false for 
+    mode 1 form 1 sectors.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode1_sector (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					       void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					       bool b_form2);
+  /*!
+    Reads mode 1 sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode 1 form 2 sectors or false for 
+    mode 1 form 1 sectors.
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode1_sectors (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+						bool b_form2, 
+						uint32_t i_blocks);
+  /*!
+    Reads a mode 2 sector
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE (for form 1) or CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE (for 
+		 form 2) bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode 2 form 2 sectors or false for 
+    mode 2 form 1 sectors.
+
+    @return 0 if no error, nonzero otherwise.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode2_sector (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					       void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					       bool b_form2);
+  
+  /** The special case of reading a single block is a common one so we
+      provide a routine for that as a convenience.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_sector(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+					lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					cdio_read_mode_t read_mode);
+  /*!
+    Reads mode 2 sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE (for form 1) or CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE (for 
+		 form 2) * i_blocks bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode2 form 2 sectors or false for 
+           mode 2  form 1 sectors.
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+
+    @return 0 if no error, nonzero otherwise.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode2_sectors (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+						bool b_form2, 
+						uint32_t i_blocks);
+  
+  /*!
+    Reads a number of sectors (AKA blocks).
+
+    @param p_cdio cdio object
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+    this location is large enough. See below for size information.
+    @param read_mode the kind of "mode" to use in reading.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+    @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS (0) if no error, other (negative) enumerations
+    are returned on error.
+
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_AUDIO,
+      *p_buf should hold at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW * i_blocks bytes.
+
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_DATA,
+      *p_buf should hold at least i_blocks times either ISO_BLOCKSIZE, 
+      M1RAW_SECTOR_SIZE or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on the kind of 
+      sector getting read. If you don't know whether you have a Mode 1/2, 
+    Form 1/ Form 2/Formless sector best to reserve space for the maximum
+    which is M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_M2F1,
+    *p_buf should hold at least M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE * i_blocks bytes.
+    
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_M2F2,
+    *p_buf should hold at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE * i_blocks bytes.
+    
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_sectors(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+					 lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					 cdio_read_mode_t read_mode,
+					 uint32_t i_blocks);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_TRACK_H__ */

include/cdio/rock.h

@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/*
+    $Id: rock.h,v 1.15 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@panix.com>
+
+    See also rock.c by Eric Youngdale (1993) from GNU/Linux 
+    This is Copyright 1993 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+   \file rock.h 
+   \brief Things related to the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP)
+
+   Applications will probably not include this directly but via 
+   the iso9660.h header.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_ROCK_H__
+#define __CDIO_ROCK_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* MSYS 1.0.10 with MinGW 3.4.2 (and perhaps others) don't have
+   S_ISSOCK() or S_ISLNK() macros, so we'll roll our own. */
+#if !defined(HAVE_S_ISSOCK) && !defined(S_ISSOCK)
+#define S_ISSOCK(st_mode) ((((st_mode)) & 0170000) == (0140000))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_S_ISLNK) && !defined(S_ISLNK)
+#define S_ISLNK(st_mode) ((((st_mode)) & 0170000) == (0010000))
+#endif
+
+/*! An enumeration for some of the ISO_ROCK_* \#defines below. This isn't
+  really an enumeration one would really use in a program it is to
+  be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the ISO_ROCK_*
+  names and get something.
+*/
+extern enum iso_rock_enums {
+  ISO_ROCK_IRUSR  = 000400,   /**< read permission (owner) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IWUSR  = 000200,   /**< write permission (owner) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IXUSR  = 000100,   /**< execute permission (owner) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IRGRP  = 000040,   /**< read permission (group) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IWGRP  = 000020,   /**< write permission (group) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IXGRP  = 000010,   /**< execute permission (group) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IROTH  = 000004,   /**< read permission (other) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IWOTH  = 000002,   /**< write permission (other) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IXOTH  = 000001,   /**< execute permission (other) */
+
+  ISO_ROCK_ISUID  = 004000,   /**< set user ID on execution */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISGID  = 002000,   /**< set group ID on execution */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISVTX  = 001000,   /**< save swapped text even after use */
+
+  ISO_ROCK_ISSOCK = 0140000,  /**< socket */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISLNK  = 0120000,  /**< symbolic link */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISREG  = 0100000,  /**< regular */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISBLK  = 060000,   /**< block special */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISCHR  = 020000,   /**< character special */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISDIR  = 040000,   /**< directory */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISFIFO = 010000    /**< pipe or FIFO */
+} iso_rock_enums;
+
+#define ISO_ROCK_IRUSR    000400  /** read permission (owner) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IWUSR    000200  /** write permission (owner) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IXUSR    000100  /** execute permission (owner) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IRGRP    000040  /** read permission (group) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IWGRP    000020  /** write permission (group) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IXGRP    000010  /** execute permission (group) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IROTH    000004  /** read permission (other) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IWOTH    000002  /** write permission (other) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IXOTH    000001  /** execute permission (other) */
+
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISUID    004000  /** set user ID on execution */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISGID    002000  /** set group ID on execution */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISVTX    001000  /** save swapped text even after use */
+
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISSOCK  0140000  /** socket */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISLNK   0120000  /** symbolic link */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISREG   0100000  /** regular */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISBLK    060000  /** block special */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISCHR    020000  /** character special */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISDIR    040000  /** directory */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISFIFO   010000  /** pipe or FIFO */
+
+/** Enforced file locking (shared w/set group ID) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ENFMT ISO_ROCK_ISGID
+
+PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+
+/*! The next two structs are used by the system-use-sharing protocol
+   (SUSP), in which the Rock Ridge extensions are embedded.  It is
+   quite possible that other extensions are present on the disk, and
+   this is fine as long as they all use SUSP. */
+
+/*! system-use-sharing protocol */
+typedef struct iso_su_sp_s{
+  unsigned char magic[2];
+  uint8_t       skip;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_su_sp_t;
+
+/*! system-use extension record */
+typedef struct iso_su_er_s {
+  iso711_t      len_id;  /**< Identifier length. Value 10?. */
+  unsigned char len_des;
+  unsigned char len_src;
+  iso711_t      ext_ver; /**< Extension version. Value 1? */
+  char data[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_su_er_t;
+
+typedef struct iso_su_ce_s {
+  char extent[8];
+  char offset[8];
+  char size[8];
+} iso_su_ce_t;
+
+/*! POSIX file attributes, PX. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.2 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_px_s {
+  iso733_t st_mode;       /*! file mode permissions; same as st_mode 
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+  iso733_t st_nlinks;     /*! number of links to file; same as st_nlinks
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+  iso733_t st_uid;        /*! user id owner of file; same as st_uid
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+  iso733_t st_gid;        /*! group id of file; same as st_gid of 
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_px_t ;
+
+/*! POSIX device number, PN. A PN is mandatory if the file type
+  recorded in the "PX" File Mode field for a Directory Record
+  indicates a character or block device (ISO_ROCK_ISCHR |
+  ISO_ROCK_ISBLK).  This entry is ignored for other (non-Direcotry)
+  file types. No more than one "PN" is recorded in the System Use Area
+  of a Directory Record.
+
+  See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.2 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_pn_s {
+  iso733_t dev_high;     /**< high-order 32 bits of the 64 bit device number.
+                            7.2.3 encoded */
+  iso733_t dev_low;      /**< low-order 32 bits of the 64 bit device number.
+                            7.2.3 encoded */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_pn_t ;
+
+/*! These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the SL structure. */
+typedef enum {
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_CONTINUE = 1,
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_CURRENT  = 2,
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_PARENT   = 4,
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_ROOT     = 8
+} iso_rock_sl_flag_t;
+
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_CONTINUE 1
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_CURRENT  2
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_PARENT   4
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_ROOT     8
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_sl_part_s {
+  uint8_t flags;
+  uint8_t len;
+  char text[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_sl_part_t ;
+
+/*! Symbolic link. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.3 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_sl_s {
+  unsigned char flags;
+  iso_rock_sl_part_t link;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_sl_t ;
+
+/*! Alternate name. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.4 */
+
+/*! These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the NM structure. */
+typedef enum {
+  ISO_ROCK_NM_CONTINUE = 1,
+  ISO_ROCK_NM_CURRENT  = 2,
+  ISO_ROCK_NM_PARENT   = 4,
+} iso_rock_nm_flag_t;
+
+#define	ISO_ROCK_NM_CONTINUE 1
+#define	ISO_ROCK_NM_CURRENT  2
+#define	ISO_ROCK_NM_PARENT   4
+
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_nm_s {
+  unsigned char flags;
+  char name[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_nm_t ;
+
+/*! Child link. See Section 4.1.5.1 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_cl_s {
+  char location[1];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_cl_t ;
+
+/*! Parent link. See Section 4.1.5.2 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_pl_s {
+  char location[1];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_pl_t ;
+
+/*! These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the TF structure. */
+typedef enum {
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_CREATE     =  1,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_MODIFY     =  2,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_ACCESS     =  4,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_ATTRIBUTES =  8,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_BACKUP     =  16,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_EXPIRATION =  32,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_EFFECTIVE  =  64,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM  = 128
+} iso_rock_tf_flag_t;
+
+/* These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the TF structure. */
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_CREATE      1
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_MODIFY      2
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_ACCESS      4
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_ATTRIBUTES  8
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_BACKUP     16
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_EXPIRATION 32
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_EFFECTIVE  64
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM 128
+
+/*! Time stamp(s) for a file. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.6 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_tf_s {
+  uint8_t flags; /**< See ISO_ROCK_TF_* bits above. */
+  uint8_t time_bytes[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE]; /**< A homogenious array of
+                                           iso9660_ltime_t or
+                                           iso9660_dtime_t entries
+                                           depending on flags &
+                                           ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM. Lacking
+                                           a better method, we store
+                                           this as an array of bytes
+                                           and a cast to the
+                                           appropriate type will have
+                                           to be made before
+                                           extraction.  */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_tf_t ;
+
+/*! File data in sparse format. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.7 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_sf_s {
+  iso733_t virtual_size_high; /**< high-order 32 bits of virtual size */
+  iso733_t virtual_size_low;  /**< low-order 32 bits of virtual size */
+  uint8_t   table_depth;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_sf_t ;
+
+typedef struct iso_extension_record_s {
+  char signature[2];   /**< signature word; either 'SP', 'CE', 'ER', 'RR',
+                          'PX', 'PN', 'SL', 'NM', 'CL', 'PL', 'TF', or 
+                          'ZF' */
+  iso711_t len;        /**< length of system-user area - 44 for PX
+                          20 for PN, 5+strlen(text) for SL, 21 for 
+                          SF, etc. */
+  iso711_t version;    /**< version number - value 1 */
+  union {
+    iso_su_sp_t    SP;  /**< system-use-sharing protocol - not
+                          strictly part of Rock Ridge */
+    iso_su_er_t    ER;  /**< system-use extension packet - not
+                           strictly part of Rock Ridge */
+    iso_su_ce_t    CE;  /**< system-use -  strictly part of Rock Ridge */
+    iso_rock_px_t  PX;  /**< Rock Ridge POSIX file attributes */
+    iso_rock_pn_t  PN;  /**< Rock Ridge POSIX device number */
+    iso_rock_sl_t  SL;  /**< Rock Ridge symbolic link */
+    iso_rock_nm_t  NM;  /**< Rock Ridge alternate name */
+    iso_rock_cl_t  CL;  /**< Rock Ridge child link */
+    iso_rock_pl_t  PL;  /**< Rock Ridge parent link */
+    iso_rock_tf_t  TF;  /**< Rock Ridge timestamp(s) for a file */
+  } u;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_extension_record_t;
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_time_s {
+  bool          b_used;     /**< If true, field has been set and  is valid. 
+                               Otherwise remaning fields are meaningless. */
+  bool          b_longdate;  /**< If true date format is a iso9660_ltime_t. 
+                               Otherwise date is iso9660_dtime_t */
+  union 
+  {
+    iso9660_ltime_t ltime;
+    iso9660_dtime_t dtime;
+  } t;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_time_t;
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_statbuf_s {
+  bool_3way_t   b3_rock;              /**< has Rock Ridge extension. 
+                                         If "yep", then the fields
+                                         are used.
+                                      */
+  posix_mode_t  st_mode;              /**< protection */
+  posix_nlink_t st_nlinks;            /**< number of hard links */
+  posix_uid_t   st_uid;               /**< user ID of owner */
+  posix_gid_t   st_gid;               /**< group ID of owner */
+  uint8_t       s_rock_offset;
+  int           i_symlink;            /**< size of psz_symlink */
+  int           i_symlink_max;        /**< max allocated to psz_symlink */
+  char         *psz_symlink;          /**< if symbolic link, name
+                                         of pointed to file.  */
+  iso_rock_time_t create;             /**< create time See ISO 9660:9.5.4. */
+  iso_rock_time_t modify;             /**< time of last modification
+                                         ISO 9660:9.5.5. st_mtime field of 
+                                         POSIX:5.6.1. */
+  iso_rock_time_t access;             /**< time of last file access st_atime 
+                                         field of POSIX:5.6.1. */
+  iso_rock_time_t attributes;         /**< time of last attribute change.
+                                         st_ctime field of POSIX:5.6.1. */
+  iso_rock_time_t backup;             /**< time of last backup. */
+  iso_rock_time_t expiration;         /**< time of expiration; See ISO 
+                                         9660:9.5.6. */
+  iso_rock_time_t effective;          /**< Effective time; See ISO 9660:9.5.7.
+                                       */
+  uint32_t i_rdev;                    /**< the upper 16-bits is major device 
+                                         number, the lower 16-bits is the
+                                         minor device number */
+
+} iso_rock_statbuf_t;
+  
+PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+
+/*! return length of name field; 0: not found, -1: to be ignored */
+int get_rock_ridge_filename(iso9660_dir_t * de, /*out*/ char * retname, 
+                            /*out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat);
+
+  int parse_rock_ridge_stat(iso9660_dir_t *de, /*out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat);
+
+  /*!
+    Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+  */
+  mode_t 
+  iso9660_get_posix_filemode_from_rock(const iso_rock_statbuf_t *rr);
+
+/*!
+  Returns a string which interpreting the POSIX mode st_mode. 
+  For example:
+  \verbatim
+  drwxrws---
+  -rw---Sr--
+  lrwxrwxrwx
+  \endverbatim
+  
+  A description of the characters in the string follows
+  The 1st character is either "d" if the entry is a directory, "l" is
+  a symbolic link or "-" if neither.
+  
+  The 2nd to 4th characters refer to permissions for a user while the
+  the 5th to 7th characters refer to permissions for a group while, and 
+  the 8th to 10h characters refer to permissions for everyone. 
+  
+  In each of these triplets the first character (2, 5, 8) is "r" if
+  the entry is allowed to be read.
+
+  The second character of a triplet (3, 6, 9) is "w" if the entry is
+  allowed to be written.
+
+  The third character of a triplet (4, 7, 10) is "x" if the entry is
+  executable but not user (for character 4) or group (for characters
+  6) settable and "s" if the item has the corresponding user/group set.
+
+  For a directory having an executable property on ("x" or "s") means
+  the directory is allowed to be listed or "searched". If the execute
+  property is not allowed for a group or user but the corresponding
+  group/user is set "S" indicates this. If none of these properties
+  holds the "-" indicates this.
+*/
+const char *iso9660_get_rock_attr_str(posix_mode_t st_mode);
+
+/** These variables are not used, but are defined to facilatate debugging
+    by letting us use enumerations values (which also correspond to 
+    \#define's inside a debugged program.
+ */
+extern iso_rock_nm_flag_t iso_rock_nm_flag;
+extern iso_rock_sl_flag_t iso_rock_sl_flag;
+extern iso_rock_tf_flag_t iso_rock_tf_flag;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __ISO_ROCK_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/scsi_mmc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+    $Id: scsi_mmc.h,v 1.46 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@panix.com>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ *  \file scsi_mmc.h 
+ * 
+ *  \brief Obsolete please use <cdio/mmc.h> instead. 
+*/
+/* ust a moment while, I transfer your call... */
+#include <cdio/mmc.h>

include/cdio/sector.h

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/*
+    $Id: sector.h,v 1.38 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+   \file sector.h 
+   \brief Things related to CD-ROM layout: tracks, sector sizes, MSFs, LBAs.
+
+  A CD-ROM physical sector size is 2048, 2052, 2056, 2324, 2332, 2336,
+  2340, or 2352 bytes long.
+
+  Sector types of the standard CD-ROM data formats:
+
+\verbatim 
+  format   sector type               user data size (bytes)
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    1     (Red Book)    CD-DA          2352    (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW)
+    2     (Yellow Book) Mode1 Form1    2048    (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE)
+    3     (Yellow Book) Mode1 Form2    2336    (M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE)
+    4     (Green Book)  Mode2 Form1    2048    (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE)
+    5     (Green Book)  Mode2 Form2    2328    (2324+4 spare bytes)
+ 
+ 
+        The layout of the standard CD-ROM data formats:
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  - audio (red):                  | audio_sample_bytes |
+                                  |        2352        |
+ 
+  - data (yellow, mode1):         | sync - head - data - EDC - zero - ECC |
+                                  |  12  -   4  - 2048 -  4  -   8  - 276 |
+ 
+  - data (yellow, mode2):         | sync - head - data |
+                                 |  12  -   4  - 2336 |
+ 
+  - XA data (green, mode2 form1): | sync - head - sub - data - EDC - ECC |
+                                  |  12  -   4  -  8  - 2048 -  4  - 276 |
+ 
+  - XA data (green, mode2 form2): | sync - head - sub - data - Spare |
+                                  |  12  -   4  -  8  - 2324 -  4    |
+\endverbatim
+ 
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CDIO_SECTOR_H_
+#define _CDIO_SECTOR_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+      /*! Information that can be obtained through a Read Subchannel
+        command.
+      */
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_SUBQ_DATA		0
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_CURRENT_POSITION	1
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_MEDIA_CATALOG	        2
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_TRACK_ISRC		3
+      
+      /*! track flags
+       * Q Sub-channel Control Field (4.2.3.3)
+       */
+      typedef enum {
+	NONE = 			0x00,	/* no flags set */
+	PRE_EMPHASIS =		0x01,	/* audio track recorded with pre-emphasis */
+	COPY_PERMITTED =	0x02,	/* digital copy permitted */
+	DATA =			0x04,	/* data track */
+	FOUR_CHANNEL_AUDIO =	0x08,	/* 4 audio channels */
+	SCMS =			0x10	/* SCMS (5.29.2.7) */
+      } flag_t;
+      
+#define CDIO_PREGAP_SECTORS  150
+#define CDIO_POSTGAP_SECTORS 150
+      
+      /*! An enumeration for some of the CDIO_CD \#defines below. This isn't
+        really an enumeration one would really use in a program it is to
+        be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the CDIO_CD_
+        names and get something.
+      */
+      extern enum cdio_cd_enums {
+        CDIO_CD_MINS =              74,   /**< max. minutes per CD, not really
+                                             a limit */
+        CDIO_CD_SECS_PER_MIN =      60,   /**< seconds per minute */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_SEC =    75,   /**< frames per second */
+        CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE =         12,   /**< 12 sync bytes per raw data 
+                                             frame */
+        CDIO_CD_CHUNK_SIZE =        24,   /**< lowest-level "data bytes 
+                                             piece" */
+        CDIO_CD_NUM_OF_CHUNKS =     98,   /**< chunks per frame */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_SUB =     96,   /**< subchannel data "frame" size */
+        CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE =        4,   /**< header (address) bytes per raw
+                                             frame */
+        CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE =     8,   /**< subheader bytes per raw XA data 
+                                             frame */
+        CDIO_CD_ECC_SIZE =         276,   /**< bytes ECC per most raw data 
+                                             frame types */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE =       2048,   /**< bytes per frame, "cooked" 
+                                             mode */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW =   2352,   /**< bytes per frame, "raw" mode */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAWER = 2646,   /**< The maximum possible 
+                                             returned  */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW1  = 2340,
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW0  = 2336,
+        CDIO_CD_MAX_SESSIONS =      99, 
+        CDIO_CD_MIN_SESSION_NO =     1,   /**<, Smallest CD session number */
+        CDIO_CD_MAX_LSN =       450150,   /**< Largest LSN in a CD */
+        CDIO_CD_MIN_LSN      = -450150,   /**< Smallest LSN in a CD */
+      } cdio_cd_enums;
+        
+      /*!
+        Some generally useful CD-ROM information -- mostly based on the above.
+        This is from linux.h - not to slight other OS's. This was the first
+        place I came across such useful stuff.
+      */
+#define CDIO_CD_MINS              74   /**< max. minutes per CD, not really
+                                          a limit */
+#define CDIO_CD_SECS_PER_MIN      60   /**< seconds per minute */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_SEC    75   /**< frames per second */
+#define CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE         12   /**< 12 sync bytes per raw data frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_CHUNK_SIZE        24   /**< lowest-level "data bytes piece" */
+#define CDIO_CD_NUM_OF_CHUNKS     98   /**< chunks per frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_SUB     96   /**< subchannel data "frame" size */
+#define CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE        4   /**< header (address) bytes per raw
+                                          data frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE     8   /**< subheader bytes per raw XA data 
+                                            frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_EDC_SIZE           4   /**< bytes EDC per most raw data
+                                          frame types */
+#define CDIO_CD_M1F1_ZERO_SIZE     8   /**< bytes zero per yellow book mode
+                                          1 frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_ECC_SIZE         276   /**< bytes ECC per most raw data frame 
+                                          types */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE       2048   /**< bytes per frame, "cooked" mode */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW   2352   /**< bytes per frame, "raw" mode */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAWER 2646   /**< The maximum possible returned 
+                                          bytes */ 
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW1 (CDIO_CD_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW-CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE) /*2340*/
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW0 (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW-CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE-CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE) /*2336*/
+      
+      /*! "before data" part of raw XA (green, mode2) frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_XA_HEADER (CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE+CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE) 
+      
+      /*! "after data" part of raw XA (green, mode2 form1) frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_XA_TAIL   (CDIO_CD_EDC_SIZE+CDIO_CD_ECC_SIZE) 
+      
+      /*! "before data" sync bytes + header of XA (green, mode2) frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_XA_SYNC_HEADER   (CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE+CDIO_CD_XA_HEADER) 
+      
+      /*! String of bytes used to identify the beginning of a Mode 1 or
+          Mode 2 sector. */
+      extern const uint8_t CDIO_SECTOR_SYNC_HEADER[CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE];
+      /**<  
+        {0, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0};
+      */
+      
+      /*! An enumeration for some of the M2*_SECTOR_SIZE \#defines
+        below. This isn't really an enumeration one would really use in a
+        program it is to be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer
+        to the M2*_SECTOR_SIZE names and get something.
+      */
+      extern enum m2_sector_enums {
+        M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE  = 2324,
+        M2SUB_SECTOR_SIZE = 2332,
+        M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE = 2336
+      } m2_sector_enums;
+      
+#define M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE    2324
+#define M2SUB_SECTOR_SIZE   2332
+#define M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE   2336
+      
+      /*! Largest CD session number */
+#define CDIO_CD_MAX_SESSIONS    99 
+      /*! Smallest CD session number */
+#define CDIO_CD_MIN_SESSION_NO   1
+      
+      /*! Largest LSN in a CD */
+#define CDIO_CD_MAX_LSN   450150
+      /*! Smallest LSN in a CD */
+#define CDIO_CD_MIN_LSN  -450150
+      
+      
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN                          \
+      (CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_SEC*CDIO_CD_SECS_PER_MIN)
+      
+#define CDIO_CD_74MIN_SECTORS (UINT32_C(74)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN)
+#define CDIO_CD_80MIN_SECTORS (UINT32_C(80)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN)
+#define CDIO_CD_90MIN_SECTORS (UINT32_C(90)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN)
+      
+#define CDIO_CD_MAX_SECTORS                                     \
+      (UINT32_C(100)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN-CDIO_PREGAP_SECTORS)
+      
+#define msf_t_SIZEOF 3
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LBA into a string representation of the MSF.
+        \warning cdio_lba_to_msf_str returns new allocated string */
+      char *cdio_lba_to_msf_str (lba_t i_lba);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an MSF into a string representation of the MSF.
+        \warning cdio_msf_to_msf_str returns new allocated string */
+      char *cdio_msf_to_str (const msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LBA into the corresponding LSN.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_lba_to_lsn (lba_t i_lba);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LBA into the corresponding MSF.
+      */
+      void  cdio_lba_to_msf(lba_t i_lba, msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LSN into the corresponding LBA.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_lsn_to_lba (lsn_t i_lsn);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LSN into the corresponding MSF.
+      */
+      void  cdio_lsn_to_msf (lsn_t i_lsn, msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert a MSF into the corresponding LBA.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_msf_to_lba (const msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert a MSF into the corresponding LSN.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LSN is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lsn_t cdio_msf_to_lsn (const msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*!  
+        Convert a MSF - broken out as 3 integer components into the
+        corresponding LBA.  
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_msf3_to_lba (unsigned int minutes, unsigned int seconds, 
+                              unsigned int frames);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert a string of the form MM:SS:FF into the corresponding LBA.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_mmssff_to_lba (const char *psz_mmssff);
+      
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _CDIO_SECTOR_H_ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/track.h

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+    $Id: track.h,v 1.14 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file track.h 
+ *  \brief  The top-level header for track-related libcdio calls.
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_TRACK_H__
+#define __CDIO_TRACK_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! Printable tags for track_format_t enumeration.  */
+  extern const char *track_format2str[6];
+  
+  typedef enum  {
+    TRACK_FORMAT_AUDIO,   /**< Audio track, e.g. CD-DA */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_CDI,     /**< CD-i. How this is different from DATA below? */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_XA,      /**< Mode2 of some sort */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_DATA,    /**< Mode1 of some sort */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_PSX,     /**< Playstation CD. Like audio but only 2336 bytes
+			   *   of user data.
+			   */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_ERROR    /**< Dunno what is, or some other error. */
+  } track_format_t;
+
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_FALSE, 
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_TRUE, 
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_ERROR, 
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_UNKNOWN
+  } track_flag_t;
+
+  /*! \brief Structure containing attributes associated with a track */
+  typedef struct {
+    track_flag_t preemphasis; /**< Linear preemphasis on an audio track */
+    track_flag_t copy_permit; /**< Whether copying is permitted */
+    int channels;             /**< Number of audio channels, 2, 4. -2 if not
+				   implemented or -1 for error.
+			      */
+  } track_flags_t;
+    
+  /*! The leadout track is always 0xAA, regardless of # of tracks on
+    disc, or what value may be used internally. For example although
+    OS X uses a different value for the lead-out track internally than
+    given below, programmers should use CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK and
+    not worry about this.
+  */
+
+  /*! An enumeration for some of the CDIO_CDROM_* \#defines below. This
+    isn't really an enumeration one would really use in a program; it
+    is to be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the
+    CDIO_CDROM_* names and get something.
+  */
+  extern enum cdio_track_enums {
+    CDIO_CDROM_LBA           = 0x01, /**< "logical block": first frame is #0 */
+    CDIO_CDROM_MSF           = 0x02, /**< "minute-second-frame": binary, not
+					BCD here! */
+    CDIO_CDROM_DATA_TRACK    = 0x04, 
+    CDIO_CDROM_CDI_TRACK     = 0x10,
+    CDIO_CDROM_XA_TRACK      = 0x20,
+    CDIO_CD_MAX_TRACKS       =   99, /**< Largest CD track number */
+    CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK = 0xAA, /**< Lead-out track number */
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK       = 0xFF, /**<  Constant for invalid track number */
+
+   } cdio_track_enums;
+  
+#define CDIO_CD_MIN_TRACK_NO  1 /**< Smallest CD track number */
+  
+  /*! track modes (Table 350) 
+    reference: MMC-3 draft revsion - 10g
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    AUDIO,			/**< 2352 byte block length */
+    MODE1,			/**< 2048 byte block length */
+    MODE1_RAW,			/**< 2352 byte block length */
+    MODE2,			/**< 2336 byte block length */
+    MODE2_FORM1,		/**< 2048 byte block length */
+    MODE2_FORM2,		/**< 2324 byte block length */
+    MODE2_FORM_MIX,		/**< 2336 byte block length */
+    MODE2_RAW			/**< 2352 byte block length */
+  } trackmode_t;
+  
+  /*! 
+    Get CD-Text information for a CdIo_t object.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object that may contain CD-Text information.
+    @param i_track track for which we are requesting CD-Text information.
+    @return the CD-Text object or NULL if obj is NULL
+    or CD-Text information does not exist.
+
+    If i_track is 0 or CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK the track returned
+    is the information assocated with the CD. 
+  */
+  cdtext_t *cdio_get_cdtext (CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the number of the first track. 
+
+    @return the track number or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK 
+    on error.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_first_track_num(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /*!
+    Return the last track number.
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned on error.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_last_track_num (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+
+  /*! Find the track which contains lsn.
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned if the lsn outside of the CD or
+    if there was some error. 
+    
+    If the lsn is before the pregap of the first track 0 is returned.
+    Otherwise we return the track that spans the lsn.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_track(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, lsn_t lsn);
+
+  /*! Return number of channels in track: 2 or 4; -2 if not
+      implemented or -1 for error.
+      Not meaningful if track is not an audio track.
+  */
+  int cdio_get_track_channels(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*! Return copy protection status on a track. Is this meaningful
+      if not an audio track?
+   */
+  track_flag_t cdio_get_track_copy_permit(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					  track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Get the format (audio, mode2, mode1) of track. 
+  */
+  track_format_t cdio_get_track_format(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!
+    Return true if we have XA data (green, mode2 form1) or
+    XA data (green, mode2 form2). That is track begins:
+    sync - header - subheader
+    12     4      -  8
+    
+    FIXME: there's gotta be a better design for this and get_track_format?
+  */
+  bool cdio_get_track_green(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+    
+  /*!  
+    Return the ending LSN for track number
+    i_track in cdio.  CDIO_INVALID_LSN is returned on error.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_track_last_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!  
+    Get the starting LBA for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    The "leadout" track is specified either by
+    using i_track CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LSN for
+    @return the starting LBA or CDIO_INVALID_LBA on error.
+  */
+  lba_t cdio_get_track_lba(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting LSN for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    The "leadout" track is specified either by
+    using i_track CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LSN for
+    @return the starting LSN or CDIO_INVALID_LSN on error.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_track_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting LBA for the pregap for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LBA for
+    @return the starting LBA or CDIO_INVALID_LBA on error.
+  */
+  lba_t cdio_get_track_pregap_lba(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting LSN for the pregap for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LSN for
+    @return the starting LSN or CDIO_INVALID_LSN on error.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_track_pregap_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the International Standard Recording Code (ISRC) for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @return the International Standard Recording Code (ISRC) or NULL
+    if there is none or we don't have the ability to get it.
+
+    Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+    string when done with it.
+
+  */
+  char * cdio_get_track_isrc (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting MSF (minutes/secs/frames) for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    The "leadout" track is specified either by
+    using i_track CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+    
+    @return true if things worked or false if there is no track entry.
+  */
+  bool cdio_get_track_msf(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track, 
+			  /*out*/ msf_t *msf);
+  
+  /*! Get linear preemphasis status on an audio track 
+      This is not meaningful if not an audio track?
+   */
+  track_flag_t cdio_get_track_preemphasis(const CdIo_t *p_cdio,
+					  track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Get the number of sectors between this track an the next.  This
+    includes any pregap sectors before the start of the next track.
+    Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @return the number of sectors or 0 if there is an error.
+  */
+  unsigned int cdio_get_track_sec_count(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_TRACK_H__ */
+

include/cdio/types.h

@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+/*
+    $Id: types.h,v 1.37 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
+                  Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file types.h 
+ *  \brief  Common type definitions used pervasively in libcdio.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_TYPES_H__
+#define __CDIO_TYPES_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#ifndef EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+#define EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+#include <cdio/cdio_config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+  /* provide some C99 definitions */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H) 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif 
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
+# include <stdint.h>
+#elif defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#elif defined(AMIGA) || defined(__linux__)
+  typedef u_int8_t uint8_t;
+  typedef u_int16_t uint16_t;
+  typedef u_int32_t uint32_t;
+  typedef u_int64_t uint64_t;
+#else
+  /* warning ISO/IEC 9899:1999 <stdint.h> was missing and even <inttypes.h> */
+  /* fixme */
+#endif /* HAVE_STDINT_H */
+  
+typedef uint8_t ubyte;
+
+  /* default HP/UX macros are broken */
+#if defined(__hpux__)
+# undef UINT16_C
+# undef UINT32_C
+# undef UINT64_C
+# undef INT64_C
+#endif
+
+  /* if it's still not defined, take a good guess... should work for
+     most 32bit and 64bit archs */
+  
+#ifndef UINT16_C
+# define UINT16_C(c) c ## U
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef UINT32_C
+# if defined (SIZEOF_INT) && SIZEOF_INT == 4
+#  define UINT32_C(c) c ## U
+# elif defined (SIZEOF_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+#  define UINT32_C(c) c ## UL
+# else
+#  define UINT32_C(c) c ## U
+# endif
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef UINT64_C
+# if defined (SIZEOF_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+#  define UINT64_C(c) c ## UL
+# elif defined (SIZEOF_INT) && SIZEOF_INT == 8
+#  define UINT64_C(c) c ## U
+# else
+#  define UINT64_C(c) c ## ULL
+# endif
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef INT64_C
+# if defined (SIZEOF_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+#  define INT64_C(c) c ## L
+# elif defined (SIZEOF_INT) && SIZEOF_INT == 8
+#  define INT64_C(c) c 
+# else
+#  define INT64_C(c) c ## LL
+# endif
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+# if defined(HAVE_STDBOOL_H)
+#  include <stdbool.h>
+# else
+   /* ISO/IEC 9899:1999 <stdbool.h> missing -- enabling workaround */
+  
+#   define false   0
+#   define true    1
+#   define bool uint8_t
+# endif /*HAVE_STDBOOL_H*/
+#endif /*C++*/
+  
+  /* some GCC optimizations -- gcc 2.5+ */
+  
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 4)
+#define GNUC_PRINTF( format_idx, arg_idx )              \
+  __attribute__((format (printf, format_idx, arg_idx)))
+#define GNUC_SCANF( format_idx, arg_idx )               \
+  __attribute__((format (scanf, format_idx, arg_idx)))
+#define GNUC_FORMAT( arg_idx )                  \
+  __attribute__((format_arg (arg_idx)))
+#define GNUC_NORETURN                           \
+  __attribute__((noreturn))
+#define GNUC_CONST                              \
+  __attribute__((const))
+#define GNUC_UNUSED                             \
+  __attribute__((unused))
+#define GNUC_PACKED                             \
+  __attribute__((packed))
+#else   /* !__GNUC__ */
+#define GNUC_PRINTF( format_idx, arg_idx )
+#define GNUC_SCANF( format_idx, arg_idx )
+#define GNUC_FORMAT( arg_idx )
+#define GNUC_NORETURN
+#define GNUC_CONST
+#define GNUC_UNUSED
+#define GNUC_PACKED
+#endif  /* !__GNUC__ */
+  
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+  /* for GCC we try to use GNUC_PACKED */
+# define PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+# define PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+#elif defined(HAVE_ISOC99_PRAGMA)
+  /* should work with most EDG-frontend based compilers */
+# define PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED _Pragma("pack(1)")
+# define PRAGMA_END_PACKED   _Pragma("pack()")
+#else /* neither gcc nor _Pragma() available... */
+  /* ...so let's be naive and hope the regression testsuite is run... */
+# define PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+# define PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+#endif
+  
+  /*
+   * user directed static branch prediction gcc 2.96+
+   */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 95)
+# define GNUC_LIKELY(x)   __builtin_expect((x),true)
+# define GNUC_UNLIKELY(x) __builtin_expect((x),false)
+#else 
+# define GNUC_LIKELY(x)   (x) 
+# define GNUC_UNLIKELY(x) (x)
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL ((void*) 0)
+#endif
+  
+  /* our own offsetof()-like macro */
+#define __cd_offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
+  
+  /*!
+    \brief MSF (minute/second/frame) structure 
+
+    One CD-ROMs addressing scheme especially used in audio formats
+    (Red Book) is an address by minute, sector and frame which
+    BCD-encoded in three bytes. An alternative format is an lba_t.
+
+    Note: the fields in this structure are BCD encoded. Use
+    cdio_to_bcd8() or cdio_from_bcd8() to convert an integer into or
+    out of this format. The format specifier %x (not %d) can be used
+    if you need to format or print values in this structure.
+    
+    @see lba_t
+  */
+  PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+  struct msf_s {
+    uint8_t m, s, f; /* BCD encoded! */
+  } GNUC_PACKED;
+  PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+  
+  typedef struct msf_s msf_t;
+
+#define msf_t_SIZEOF 3
+
+  /*!
+    \brief UTF-8 char definition 
+
+    Type to denote UTF-8 strings.
+  */
+
+  typedef char cdio_utf8_t;
+
+  typedef enum  {
+    nope  = 0,
+    yep   = 1,
+    dunno = 2
+  } bool_3way_t;
+  
+  /* type used for bit-fields in structs (1 <= bits <= 8) */
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+  /* this is strict ISO C99 which allows only 'unsigned int', 'signed
+     int' and '_Bool' explicitly as bit-field type */
+  typedef unsigned int bitfield_t;
+#else
+  /* other compilers might increase alignment requirements to match the
+     'unsigned int' type -- fixme: find out how unalignment accesses can
+     be pragma'ed on non-gcc compilers */
+  typedef uint8_t bitfield_t;
+#endif
+  
+  /*! The type of a Logical Block Address. We allow for an lba to be 
+    negative to be consistent with an lba, although I'm not sure this
+    this is possible.
+      
+   */
+  typedef int32_t lba_t;
+  
+  /*! The type of a Logical Sector Number. Note that an lba can be negative
+    and the MMC3 specs allow for a conversion of a negative lba.
+
+    @see msf_t
+  */
+  typedef int32_t lsn_t;
+  
+  /* Address in either MSF or logical format */
+  union cdio_cdrom_addr		
+  {
+    msf_t	msf;
+    lba_t	lba;
+  };
+
+  /*! The type of a track number 0..99. */
+  typedef uint8_t track_t;
+  
+  /*! The type of a session number 0..99. */
+  typedef uint8_t session_t;
+  
+  /*! 
+    Constant for invalid session number
+  */
+#define CDIO_INVALID_SESSION   0xFF
+  
+  /*! 
+    Constant for invalid LBA. It is 151 less than the most negative
+    LBA -45150. This provide slack for the 150-frame offset in
+    LBA to LSN 150 conversions
+  */
+#define CDIO_INVALID_LBA    -45301
+  
+  /*! 
+    Constant for invalid LSN
+  */
+#define CDIO_INVALID_LSN    CDIO_INVALID_LBA
+
+  /*! 
+    Number of ASCII bytes in a media catalog number (MCN).
+  */
+#define CDIO_MCN_SIZE       13
+
+  /*! 
+    Type to hold ASCII bytes in a media catalog number (MCN).
+    We include an extra 0 byte so these can be used as C strings.
+  */
+  typedef char cdio_mcn_t[CDIO_MCN_SIZE+1];
+  
+
+  /*! 
+    Number of ASCII bytes in International Standard Recording Codes (ISRC)
+  */
+#define CDIO_ISRC_SIZE       12
+
+  /*! 
+    Type to hold ASCII bytes in a media catalog number (MCN).
+    We include an extra 0 byte so these can be used as C strings.
+  */
+  typedef char cdio_isrc_t[CDIO_ISRC_SIZE+1];
+
+  typedef int cdio_fs_anal_t;
+
+  /*! 
+    track flags
+    Q Sub-channel Control Field (4.2.3.3)
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_NONE = 		 0x00,	/**< no flags set */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_PRE_EMPHASIS =	 0x01,	/**< audio track recorded with
+                                                   pre-emphasis */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_COPY_PERMITTED =	 0x02,	/**< digital copy permitted */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_DATA =		 0x04,	/**< data track */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_FOUR_CHANNEL_AUDIO = 0x08,  /**< 4 audio channels */
+  CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_SCMS =		 0x10	/**< SCMS (5.29.2.7) */
+} cdio_track_flag;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_TYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/udf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*  
+    $Id: udf.h,v 1.22 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ * \file udf.h 
+ *
+ * \brief The top-level interface header for libudf: UDF filesystem
+ * library; applications include this.
+ *
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDF_H
+#define UDF_H 
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+#include <cdio/ecma_167.h>
+#include <cdio/posix.h>
+
+typedef uint16_t partition_num_t;
+
+/** Opaque structures. */
+typedef struct udf_s udf_t; 
+typedef struct udf_file_s udf_file_t;
+typedef struct udf_dirent_s udf_dirent_t;
+
+/**
+   Imagine the below a \#define'd value rather than distinct values of
+   an enum.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+  UDF_BLOCKSIZE       = 2048
+} udf_enum1_t; 
+
+/** This variable is trickery to force the above enum symbol value to
+    be recorded in debug symbol tables. It is used to allow one refer
+    to above enumeration values in a debugger and debugger
+    expressions */
+extern udf_enum1_t debug_udf_enum1;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*!
+    Close UDF and free resources associated with p_udf.
+  */
+  bool udf_close (udf_t *p_udf);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Seek to a position i_start and then read i_blocks. Number of
+    blocks read is returned. One normally expects the return to be
+    equal to i_blocks.
+  */
+
+  driver_return_code_t udf_read_sectors (const udf_t *p_udf, void *ptr, 
+					 lsn_t i_start,  long int i_blocks);
+
+  /*!
+    Open an UDF for reading. Maybe in the future we will have
+    a mode. NULL is returned on error.
+    
+    Caller must free result - use udf_close for that.
+  */
+  udf_t *udf_open (const char *psz_path);
+  
+  /*!
+    Return the partition number of the the opened udf handle. -1 
+    Is returned if we have an error.
+  */
+  int16_t udf_get_part_number(const udf_t *p_udf);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the root in p_udf. If b_any_partition is false then
+    the root must be in the given partition.
+    NULL is returned if the partition is not found or a root is not found or
+    there is on error.
+
+    Caller must free result - use udf_file_free for that.
+  */
+  udf_dirent_t *udf_get_root (udf_t *p_udf, bool b_any_partition, 
+			      partition_num_t i_partition);
+  
+  /**
+   * Gets the Volume Identifier string, in 8bit unicode (latin-1)
+   * psz_volid, place to put the string
+   * i_volid_size, size of the buffer volid points to
+   * returns the size of buffer needed for all data
+   */
+  int udf_get_volume_id(udf_t *p_udf, /*out*/ char *psz_volid,  
+			unsigned int i_volid);
+  
+  /**
+   * Gets the Volume Set Identifier, as a 128-byte dstring (not decoded)
+   * WARNING This is not a null terminated string
+   * volsetid, place to put the data
+   * volsetid_size, size of the buffer volsetid points to 
+   * the buffer should be >=128 bytes to store the whole volumesetidentifier
+   * returns the size of the available volsetid information (128)
+   * or 0 on error
+   */
+  int udf_get_volumeset_id(udf_t *p_udf, /*out*/ uint8_t *volsetid,
+			   unsigned int i_volsetid);
+  
+  /*!
+    Return a file pointer matching pzz_name. 
+  */
+  udf_dirent_t *udf_fopen(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_root, const char *psz_name);
+  
+  /*! udf_mode_string - fill in string PSZ_STR with an ls-style ASCII
+    representation of the i_mode. PSZ_STR is returned.
+
+    10 characters are stored in PSZ_STR; a terminating null byte is added.
+    The characters stored in PSZ_STR are:
+    
+    0	File type.  'd' for directory, 'c' for character
+	special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
+	'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
+	'-' for regular, '?' for any other file type
+
+    1	'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+    2	'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+    3	'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+	bit isn't set.
+
+    4	'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+    5	'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+    6	'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+    7	'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+    8	'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+    9	'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+	(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+	otherwise.
+	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.  */
+
+  char *udf_mode_string (mode_t i_mode, char *psz_str);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include <cdio/udf_time.h>
+#include <cdio/udf_file.h>
+
+#endif /*UDF_H*/

include/cdio/udf_file.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*  
+    $Id: udf_file.h,v 1.12 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file udf_file.h 
+ *
+ * \brief Routines involving UDF file operations
+ *
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDF_FILE_H
+#define UDF_FILE_H 
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /**
+    Return the file id descriptor of the given file.
+  */
+  bool udf_get_fileid_descriptor(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, 
+				 /*out*/ udf_fileid_desc_t *p_udf_fid);
+
+  /**
+    Return the name of the file
+  */
+  const char *udf_get_filename(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+  
+  /**
+    Return the name of the file
+  */
+  bool udf_get_file_entry(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, 
+			  /*out*/ udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe);
+
+  /**
+    Return the number of hard links of the file. Return 0 if error.
+  */
+  uint16_t udf_get_link_count(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /**
+    Return the file length the file. Return 2147483647L if error.
+  */
+  uint64_t udf_get_file_length(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /**  
+    Returns a POSIX mode for a given p_udf_dirent.
+  */
+  mode_t udf_get_posix_filemode(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /**
+    Return the next subdirectory. 
+  */
+  udf_dirent_t *udf_opendir(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+  
+  /**
+     Attempts to read up to count bytes from UDF directory entry
+     p_udf_dirent into the buffer starting at buf. buf should be a
+     multiple of UDF_BLOCKSIZE bytes. Reading continues after the
+     point at which we last read or from the beginning the first time.
+     
+     If count is zero, read() returns zero and has no other results. If
+     count is greater than SSIZE_MAX, the result is unspecified.
+     
+     If there is an error, cast the result to driver_return_code_t for 
+     the specific error code.
+  */
+  /**
+    Attempts to read up to count bytes from file descriptor fd into
+    the buffer starting at buf.
+    
+    If count is zero, read() returns zero and has no other results. If
+    count is greater than SSIZE_MAX, the result is unspecified.
+  */
+  ssize_t udf_read_block(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, 
+			 void * buf, size_t count);
+
+  /**
+    Advances p_udf_direct to the the next directory entry in the
+    pointed to by p_udf_dir. It also returns this as the value.  NULL
+    is returned on reaching the end-of-file or if an error. Also
+    p_udf_dirent is free'd. If the end of is not reached the caller
+    must call udf_dirent_free() with p_udf_dirent when done with it to 
+    release resources.
+  */
+  udf_dirent_t *udf_readdir(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+  
+  /**
+    free free resources associated with p_udf_dirent.
+  */
+  bool udf_dirent_free(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+  
+  /**
+    Return true if the file is a directory.
+  */
+  bool udf_is_dir(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /*UDF_FILE_H*/

include/cdio/udf_time.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*  
+    $Id: udf_time.h,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ * \file udf_time.h 
+ *
+ * \brief UDF time conversion and access files.
+ *
+*/
+
+#ifndef UDF_TIME_H
+#define UDF_TIME_H 
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*!
+    Return the access time of the file.
+  */
+  time_t udf_get_access_time(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the attribute (most recent create or access) time of the file
+  */
+  time_t udf_get_attribute_time(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the modification time of the file.
+  */
+  time_t udf_get_modification_time(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the access timestamp of the file
+  */
+  udf_timestamp_t *udf_get_access_timestamp(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the modification timestamp of the file
+  */
+  udf_timestamp_t *udf_get_modification_timestamp(const udf_dirent_t 
+						  *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the attr timestamp of the file
+  */
+  udf_timestamp_t *udf_get_attr_timestamp(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent);
+
+  /*!
+    Convert a UDF timestamp to a time_t. If microseconds are desired,
+    use dest_usec. The return value is the same as dest. */
+  time_t *udf_stamp_to_time(time_t *dest, long int *dest_usec, 
+			  const udf_timestamp_t src);
+
+  udf_timestamp_t *udf_timespec_to_stamp(const struct timespec ts,
+					 udf_timestamp_t *dest);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /*UDF_TIME_H*/

include/cdio/utf8.h

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+    $Id: utf8.h,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Burkhard Plaum <plaum@ipf.uni-stuttgart.de>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/* UTF-8 support */
+
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+/** \brief Opaque characterset converter
+ */
+
+typedef struct cdio_charset_coverter_s cdio_charset_coverter_t;
+
+/** \brief Create a charset converter
+ *  \param src_charset Source charset
+ *  \param dst_charset Destination charset
+ *  \returns A newly allocated charset converter
+ */
+
+cdio_charset_coverter_t *
+cdio_charset_converter_create(const char * src_charset,
+                              const char * dst_charset);
+
+/** \brief Destroy a characterset converter
+ *  \param cnv A characterset converter
+ */
+
+void cdio_charset_converter_destroy(cdio_charset_coverter_t*cnv);
+
+/** \brief Convert a string from one character set to another
+ *  \param cnv A charset converter
+ *  \param src Source string
+ *  \param src_len Length of source string
+ *  \param dst Returns destination string
+ *  \param dst_len If non NULL, returns the length of the destination string
+ *  \returns true if conversion was sucessful, false else.
+ *
+ *  The destination string must be freed by the caller with free().
+ *  If you pass -1 for src_len, strlen() will be used.
+ */
+
+bool cdio_charset_convert(cdio_charset_coverter_t*cnv,
+                          char * src, int src_len,
+                          char ** dst, int * dst_len);
+
+/** \brief Convert a string from UTF-8 to another charset
+ *  \param src Source string (0 terminated)
+ *  \param dst Returns destination string
+ *  \param dst_len If non NULL, returns the length of the destination string
+ *  \param dst_charset The characterset to convert to
+ *  \returns true if conversion was sucessful, false else.
+ *
+ *  This is a convenience function, which creates a charset converter,
+ *  converts one string and destroys the charset converter.
+ */
+
+
+bool cdio_charset_from_utf8(cdio_utf8_t * src, char ** dst,
+                            int * dst_len, const char * dst_charset);
+
+/** \brief Convert a string from another charset to UTF-8 
+ *  \param src Source string
+ *  \param src_len Length of the source string
+ *  \param dst Returns destination string (0 terminated)
+ *  \param src_charset The characterset to convert from
+ *  \returns true if conversion was sucessful, false else.
+ *
+ *  This is a convenience function, which creates a charset converter,
+ *  converts one string and destroys the charset converter. If you pass -1
+ *  for src_len, strlen() will be used.
+ */
+
+
+bool cdio_charset_to_utf8(char *src, size_t src_len, cdio_utf8_t **dst,
+                          const char * src_charset);
+

include/cdio/util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+    $Id: util.h,v 1.12 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_UTIL_H__
+#define __CDIO_UTIL_H__
+
+/*!
+   \file util.h 
+   \brief Miscellaneous utility functions. 
+
+   Warning: this will probably get removed/replaced by using glib.h
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef  MAX
+#define MAX(a, b)  (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#undef  MIN
+#define MIN(a, b)  (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#undef  IN
+#define IN(x, low, high) ((x) >= (low) && (x) <= (high))
+
+#undef  CLAMP
+#define CLAMP(x, low, high)  (((x) > (high)) ? (high) : (((x) < (low)) ? (low) : (x)))
+
+static inline uint32_t
+_cdio_len2blocks (uint32_t i_len, uint16_t i_blocksize)
+{
+  uint32_t i_blocks;
+
+  i_blocks = i_len / (uint32_t) i_blocksize;
+  if (i_len % i_blocksize)
+    i_blocks++;
+
+  return i_blocks;
+}
+
+/* round up to next block boundary */
+static inline unsigned 
+_cdio_ceil2block (unsigned offset, uint16_t i_blocksize)
+{
+  return _cdio_len2blocks (offset, i_blocksize) * i_blocksize;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned int
+_cdio_ofs_add (unsigned offset, unsigned length, uint16_t i_blocksize)
+{
+  if (i_blocksize - (offset % i_blocksize) < length)
+    offset = _cdio_ceil2block (offset, i_blocksize);
+
+  offset += length;
+
+  return offset;
+}
+
+static inline const char *
+_cdio_bool_str (bool b)
+{
+  return b ? "yes" : "no";
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void *
+_cdio_memdup (const void *mem, size_t count);
+
+char *
+_cdio_strdup_upper (const char str[]);
+
+void
+_cdio_strfreev(char **strv);
+
+size_t
+_cdio_strlenv(char **str_array);
+
+char **
+_cdio_strsplit(const char str[], char delim);
+
+uint8_t cdio_to_bcd8(uint8_t n);
+uint8_t cdio_from_bcd8(uint8_t p);
+
+void cdio_follow_symlink (const char * src, char * dst);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_UTIL_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

include/cdio/version.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/* $Id: version.h.in,v 1.6 2005/01/29 20:54:20 rocky Exp $ */
+/** \file version.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief A file containing the libcdio package version
+ *  number (@LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM@) and OS build name. 
+ */
+
+/*! CDIO_VERSION can as a string in programs to show what version is used. */
+#define CDIO_VERSION "@VERSION@ @build@"
+
+/*! LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM  can be used for testing in the C preprocessor */
+#define LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM @LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM@

include/cdio/xa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+    $Id: xa.h,v 1.19 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    See also iso9660.h by Eric Youngdale (1993) and in cdrtools. These are 
+
+    Copyright 1993 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated
+    Copyright (c) 1999,2000 J. Schilling
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+   \file xa.h 
+   \brief Things related to the ISO-9660 XA (Extended Attributes) format
+
+   Applications will probably not include this directly but via 
+   the iso9660.h header.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_XA_H__
+#define __CDIO_XA_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! An enumeration for some of the XA_* \#defines below. This isn't
+    really an enumeration one would really use in a program it is to
+    be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the XA_*
+    names and get something.
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    ISO_XA_MARKER_OFFSET =   1024,
+    XA_PERM_RSYS =         0x0001,  /**< System Group Read */
+    XA_PERM_XSYS =         0x0004,  /**< System Group Execute */
+    
+    XA_PERM_RUSR =         0x0010,  /**< User (owner) Read */
+    XA_PERM_XUSR =         0x0040,  /**< User (owner) Execute */
+    
+    XA_PERM_RGRP =         0x0100,  /**< Group Read */
+    XA_PERM_XGRP =         0x0400,  /**< Group Execute */
+    
+    XA_PERM_ROTH =         0x1000,  /**< Other (world) Read */
+    XA_PERM_XOTH =         0x4000,  /**< Other (world) Execute */
+    
+    XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1  =   (1 << 11),
+    XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM2  =   (1 << 12),
+    XA_ATTR_INTERLEAVED =   (1 << 13),
+    XA_ATTR_CDDA        =   (1 << 14),
+    XA_ATTR_DIRECTORY   =   (1 << 15),
+    
+    XA_PERM_ALL_READ    =   (XA_PERM_RUSR | XA_PERM_RSYS | XA_PERM_RGRP),
+    XA_PERM_ALL_EXEC    =   (XA_PERM_XUSR | XA_PERM_XSYS | XA_PERM_XGRP),
+    XA_PERM_ALL_ALL     =   (XA_PERM_ALL_READ | XA_PERM_ALL_EXEC),
+    
+    XA_FORM1_DIR  = (XA_ATTR_DIRECTORY | XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1 | XA_PERM_ALL_ALL),
+    XA_FORM1_FILE =  (XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1 | XA_PERM_ALL_ALL),
+    XA_FORM2_FILE =  (XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM2 | XA_PERM_ALL_ALL)
+  } xa_misc_enum_t;
+  
+extern const char ISO_XA_MARKER_STRING[sizeof("CD-XA001")-1];
+
+#define ISO_XA_MARKER_STRING    "CD-XA001"
+
+/*! \brief "Extended Architecture" according to the Philips Yellow Book.
+ 
+CD-ROM EXtended Architecture is a modification to the CD-ROM
+specification that defines two new types of sectors.  CD-ROM XA was
+developed jointly by Sony, Philips, and Microsoft, and announced in
+August 1988. Its specifications were published in an extension to the
+Yellow Book.  CD-i, Photo CD, Video CD and CD-EXTRA have all
+subsequently been based on CD-ROM XA.
+
+CD-XA defines another way of formatting sectors on a CD-ROM, including
+headers in the sectors that describe the type (audio, video, data) and
+some additional info (markers, resolution in case of a video or audio
+sector, file numbers, etc).
+
+The data written on a CD-XA is consistent with and can be in ISO-9660
+file system format and therefore be readable by ISO-9660 file system
+translators. But also a CD-I player can also read CD-XA discs even if
+its own `Green Book' file system only resembles ISO 9660 and isn't
+fully compatible. 
+
+ Note structure is big-endian.
+*/
+typedef struct iso9660_xa_s
+{
+  uint16_t group_id;      /**< 0 */
+  uint16_t user_id;       /**< 0 */
+  uint16_t attributes;    /**< XA_ATTR_ */ 
+  char     signature[2];  /**< { 'X', 'A' } */
+  uint8_t  filenum;       /**< file number, see also XA subheader */
+  uint8_t  reserved[5];   /**< zero */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso9660_xa_t;
+  
+  
+  /*!
+    Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+  */
+  posix_mode_t iso9660_get_posix_filemode_from_xa(uint16_t i_perms);
+
+/*!
+  Returns a string interpreting the extended attribute xa_attr. 
+  For example:
+  \verbatim
+  d---1xrxrxr
+  ---2--r-r-r
+  -a--1xrxrxr
+  \endverbatim
+  
+  A description of the characters in the string follows.
+  The 1st character is either "d" if the entry is a directory, or "-" if not
+  The 2nd character is either "a" if the entry is CDDA (audio), or "-" if not
+  The 3rd character is either "i" if the entry is interleaved, or "-" if not
+  The 4th character is either "2" if the entry is mode2 form2 or "-" if not
+  The 5th character is either "1" if the entry is mode2 form1 or "-" if not
+  Note that an entry will either be in mode2 form1 or mode form2. That
+  is you will either see "2-" or "-1" in the 4th & 5th positions.
+  
+  The 6th and 7th characters refer to permissions for a user while the
+  the 8th and 9th characters refer to permissions for a group while, and 
+  the 10th and 11th characters refer to permissions for everyone. 
+  
+  In each of these pairs the first character (6, 8, 10) is "x" if the 
+  entry is executable. For a directory this means the directory is
+  allowed to be listed or "searched".
+  The second character of a pair (7, 9, 11) is "r" if the entry is allowed
+  to be read. 
+*/
+const char *
+iso9660_get_xa_attr_str (uint16_t xa_attr);
+  
+/*! 
+  Allocates and initalizes a new iso9600_xa_t variable and returns
+  it. The caller should free the returned result.
+
+  @see iso9660_xa
+*/
+iso9660_xa_t *
+iso9660_xa_init (iso9660_xa_t *_xa, uint16_t uid, uint16_t gid, uint16_t attr, 
+		 uint8_t filenum);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions.
+*/
+extern xa_misc_enum_t debugger_xa_misc_enum;
+
+  
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_XA_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */